sistema universitario ana g. méndez, inc. school of ... 652 dlp... · rafael e. fuentes, m.s., ......
TRANSCRIPT
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 1
Revised August, 2016
Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez, Inc. School of Professional Studies
Continental USA Branch Campuses Universidad del Turabo
EDUC 652
Práctica en Consejería en Asuntos Estudiantiles en la Educación Superior
Practicum in Counseling in Student Affairs in Higher Education
© Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez, Inc. 2016 Derechos Reservados
© Ana G. Méndez University System, Inc. 2016 All rights reserved
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 2
Revised August, 2016
Prepared based on the course syllabus 2011 of the School of Professional Studies, with the
collaboration of:
Rosana Medina, M.S., Module Development Specialist
Rafael E. Fuentes, M.S., Content Evaluator
Frances Rodríguez, Dual Language Specialist
Minette Elias, M.S., Curriculum and Instructional Designer
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 3
Revised August, 2016
TABLA DE CONTENIDO/TABLE OF CONTENTS PÁGINA/PAGE
GUÍA DE ESTUDIO .................................................................................................................5
STUDY GUIDE .......................................................................................................................31
TALLER UNO.........................................................................................................................56
WORKSHOP TWO .................................................................................................................71
TALLER TRES .......................................................................................................................82
WORKSHOP FOUR ...............................................................................................................93
TALLER CINCO ...................................................................................................................104
WORKSHOP SIX ..................................................................................................................115
TALLER SIETE ....................................................................................................................128
WORKSHOP EIGHT ............................................................................................................140
APPENDIX A NATIONAL PROFICIENCY LEVELS FOR DIFFERENTIATED
INSTRUCTION .....................................................................................................................152
APPENDIX B PARAGRAPH CONSTRUCTION RUBRIC ...............................................157
APPENDIX C THE WRITING PROCESS SIX-TRAIT ANALYTIC WRITING
RUBRIC ........................................................................................................159
APÉNDICE D\APPENDIX D INFORMACIÓN ACERCA DEL LABORATORIO DE
IDIOMAS Y EL E-LAB\ LANGUAGE LAB AND E-LAB INFORMATION ...............167
APPENDIX E LANGUAGE LAB\E-LAB DOCUMENTATION .......................................172
APÉNDICE F\ APPENDIX F RÚBRICA DE ENSAYO \ ESSAY RUBRIC .....................177
APÉNDICE G\ APPENDIX G RÚBRICA DE PARTICIPACIÓN EN CLASE \ CLASS
PARTICIPATION RUBRIC .................................................................................................180
APÉNDICE H\ APPENDIX H RÚBRICA DE PRESENTACIÓN ORAL Y AUDIOVISUAL
INDIVIDUAL\GRUPAL\ INDIVIDUAL/GROUP ORAL AND AUDIOVISUAL
PRESENTATION RUBRIC ..................................................................................................185
APÉNDICE I\ APPENDIX I AUTORREFLEXIÓN \ SELF-REFLECTION .....................190
APÉNDICE J\APPENDIX J RÚBRICA PARA EVALUAR LOS JUEGOS DE ROL\
RUBRIC TO EVALUATE ROLE PLAYING ......................................................................194
APPENDIX K KWHLAQ CHART.......................................................................................200
APÉNDICE L\ APPENDIX L RÚBRICA DEL FORO DE DISCUSIÓN ESCRITA\
WRITTEN DISCUSSION FORUM RUBRIC ......................................................................201
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 4
Revised August, 2016
APÉNDICE M\ APPENDIX M RÚBRICA DEL FORO DE DISCUSIÓN ORAL\ ORAL
DISCUSSION FORUM RUBRIC .........................................................................................204
APPENDIX N SPEAKING RUBRIC ...................................................................................209
APPENDIX O LISTENING RUBRIC ..................................................................................210
APPENDIX P READING COMPREHENSION RUBRIC ...................................................211
APPENDIX Q PRACTICUM SITE REQUEST LETTER ...................................................213
APPENDIX R PRACTICUM HOURS ACCOUNTING LOG ............................................217
APPENDIX S PRACTICUM HOURS SUMMARY ............................................................219
APPENDIX T SITE SUPERVISOR STUDENT EVALUATION FORM ...........................221
APPENDIX U PRACTICUM SETTING STUDENT EVALUATION FORM ...................227
APÉNDICE V FINAL PROJECT .........................................................................................231
APPENDIX W FINAL PROJECT DEVELOPMENT LOG.................................................234
APPENDIX X PRACTICUM WEEKLY SCHEDULE ........................................................236
APPENDIX Y PRACTICUM STUDENT’S SELF-EVALUATION ...................................238
APPENDIX Z PRACTICUM STUDENT’S EVALUATION OF SITE SUPERVISION ....243
APÉNDICE AA EJERCICIO DE AUTOEVALUACIÓN Y AUTOCONOCIMIENTO
PARA CONSEJEROS ...........................................................................................................245
APPENDIX BB PRACTICUM AGREEMENT ...................................................................248
APPENDIX CC FACULTY SUPERVISOR’S SITE VISIT REPORT ................................251
APÉNDICE APPENDIX DD RUBRIC TO EVALUATE SPECIAL PROJECT ................253
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 5
Revised August, 2016
GUÍA DE ESTUDIO
Nombre del curso: Práctica en consejería de asuntos estudiantiles en la educación superior
Codificación: EDUC 652
Créditos: Tres
Duración: 8 semanas en clase y 100 horas adicionales en el lugar de práctica
Prerrequisitos: Todos los cursos de especialización y EDUC 649-0, EDUC 650-0, y
EDUC 651-0
Descripción:
Este curso es una experiencia formativa de consejería en asuntos estudiantiles como requiere
el Council of Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP, por
sus siglas en inglés) y con una experiencia de práctica de 100 horas. Esta experiencia de
práctica debe incluir horas de servicio directo en intervenciones individuales y grupales. El
curso se centra en el desarrollo de las competencias en habilidades de consejería individual y
de grupo en una institución de educación superior, interactuando con la facultad, estudiantes
y personal de servicio al estudiante.
Objetivos generales de contenido
Al finalizar la práctica, el estudiante será capaz de demostrar las siguientes competencias
profesionales
1. Desarrollar y mantener una relación de principios éticos y morales con su cliente.
(CACREP IIG, 1-2)
2. Trabajar un proceso de entrevista eficazmente. (CACREP 5b, c, d)
3. Mantener expedientes/archivos exactos y precisos. (CACREP 5a, d)
4. Conceptualizar casos siguiendo el marco teórico adecuado. (CACREP 5g)
5. Ayudar a su cliente hacia su desarrollo personal, social y/o vocacional de manera
individual. (CACREP 5, 7)
6. Ayudar a su cliente hacia su desarrollo personal, social y/o vocacional de manera
grupal. (CACREP 6, 7)
7. Participar activamente en las sesiones de seminarios de la práctica. (CACREP F)
8. Conocer los servicios disponibles que posee una Institución de Educación Superior
para ayudar a su cliente.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 6
Revised August, 2016
Objetivos generales de lenguaje
Al finalizar la práctica, el estudiante será capaz de
1. Escuchar: Comprender discursos orales, en inglés/español, y reconocer sus diversas
finalidades y las situaciones de comunicación en que se producen; compartir, comparar
y desarrollar ideas nuevas acerca de la práctica en consejería de asuntos estudiantiles
en la educación superior de manera colaborativa; adquirir aprendizajes significativos,
basados en la experiencia y en temas motivadores; responder a estímulos auditivos tales
como vídeos, presentaciones audiovisuales y actividades interactivas.
2. Hablar: Expresarse oralmente, en inglés/español, con propiedad y corrección, de
acuerdo con las diversas finalidades y situaciones comunicativas y adoptando un estilo
expresivo propio; analizar, opinar y comunicar oralmente puntos de vista e ideas;
desarrollar habilidades y competencias que lo capaciten para su vida académica, laboral
y cotidiana; utilizar el lenguaje para adquirir conocimientos nuevos acerca de la
práctica en consejería de asuntos estudiantiles en la educación superior y para aprender
a utilizar técnicas sencillas de manejo de la información a través de los medios
tradicionales y la tecnología informática.
3. Leer: Investigar, analizar, interpretar, resumir, parafrasear y comprender, en
inglés/español, los datos que recopile de las diversas fuentes de información sobre el
tema de la práctica en consejería de asuntos estudiantiles en la educación superior;
desarrollar actitudes críticas ante los mensajes, valorar la importancia de sus
manifestaciones y beneficiarse autónomamente de la lectura como fuente de
información y enriquecimiento cultural.
4. Escribir: Redactar textos, en inglés/español, desde una postura personal, crítica y
creativa, con propiedad y corrección, para establecer una comunicación clara y
efectiva; utilizar la escritura como fuente de información para proveer datos pertinentes
relacionados con la práctica en consejería de asuntos estudiantiles en la educación
superior.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 7
Revised August, 2016
Objetivos generales de avalúo
Al finalizar el curso, el facilitador habrá evaluado a los estudiantes en los siguientes renglones
1. Evaluación: Demostrar el poseer las competencias requeridas al monitorear y evaluar
el desarrollo personal, social y/o vocacional de sus clientes.
2. Síntesis: Elaborar eficaz y efectivamente la relación de principios éticos y morales con
sus clientes.
3. Análisis: Evidenciar el marco teórico adecuado al examinar casos en clase y durante
la práctica.
Requisitos de APA (6a edición) para citar los textos que se usarán en el módulo Utilice el estilo de escritura de la sexta edición de la Asociación Americana de Psicología
(APA por sus siglas en inglés) para reseñar los textos y recursos recomendados:
• http://www.apastyle.org/
• http://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/resource/560/01/
Libros recomendados
American Psychological Association. (2009). Publication manual of the American
Psychological Association (6a ed.). Washington, DC: Author.
(ISBN-10: 1433805618; ISBN-13: 978-1433805615)
Hodges, S. (2011). The counseling practicum and internship manual: A resource for
graduate counseling students. New York, NY: Springer Pub. Co.
(ISBN-13: 9780826118325)
Janosik, S. M., Cooper, D. L., Saunders, S. A., & Hirt, J.B. (2014). Learning through
supervised practice in student affairs (2a ed.). New York, NY: Routledge
(ISBN-10: 0415534348; ISBN-13: 978-0415534345)
Marzano, R.J. & Simms, J. (2012). Coaching classroom instruction (classroom strategies).
Bloomington, IN: Marzano Research Laboratory.
(ISBN-10: 0983351260; ISBN-13: 978-0983351269)
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 8
Revised August, 2016
Libros electrónicos recomendados
Hamrick, F. A., Evans, N. J., & Schuh, J. H. (2002). Foundations of student affairs practice:
How philosophy, theory, and research strengthen educational outcomes. San
Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
(ISBN - 13: 9780787967918) Recuperado de
http://www.ebooks.com/151937/foundations-of-student-affairs-practice/hamrick-
florence-a-evans-nancy-j-schuh-john-h/
Rentz, A. L., & Zhang, N. (2011). Rentz's student affairs practice in higher education.
Springfield, IL: C.C. Thomas (ISBN – 13: 9780398079666) Recuperado de
http://www.ebooks.com/631196/rentz-s-student-affairs-practice-in-higher-
educations/zhang-naijian/
Recursos electrónicos adicionales – se recomienda que los estudiantes accedan los siguientes
enlaces, pero que no se limiten a ellos:
National Common Core State Standards (NCCSS)
• http://www.corestandards.org/
• http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5s0rRk9sER0
• http://www.onlinecolleges.net/2012/06/27/50-important-links-for-common-core-
educators/
• http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EXf91AGW2QA
Enlaces relacionados con la certificación docente de la Florida
Examen para la certificación docente • http://www.fl.nesinc.com/
Examen de conocimiento general
• http://www.fl.nesinc.com/testPage.asp?test=GK
Exámenes de área • http://www.fl.nesinc.com/tests.asp
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 9
Revised August, 2016
Guías con información de los exámenes • http://www.fl.nesinc.com/FL_TIGS.asp
Estándares del estado de la Florida
• https://www.fldoe.org/arra/pdf/CCSSRolloutTimeline.pdf
Enlaces relacionados con la certificación docente de Maryland
Normas del estado de Maryland
• http://marylandpublicschools.org/
• http://marylandpublicschools.org/MSDE/programs/ccss/
Enlaces relacionados con la certificación docente de Texas
Normas del estado de Texas
• http://www.utdallas.edu/scimathed/
• http://www.dcschools.com/
• http://www.tea.state.tx.us/WorkArea/DownloadAsset.aspx?id=5987
• http://www.tea.state.tx.us/WorkArea/DownloadAsset.aspx?id=2147484164
Texas Examinations of Educator Standards™ (TExES™)
• http://cms.texes-ets.org/
Otros recursos
Biblioteca Virtual
• http://bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu/
Diccionario de la Real Academia Española
• http://www.rae.es/
Diccionario panhispánico de dudas de la Real Academia Española
• http://rae.es/recursos/diccionarios/dpd
Fundación del Español Urgente
• http://www.fundeu.es/
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 10
Revised August, 2016
Professional Counseling Certifications
• http://www.counselor-license.com/education/counseling-certification.html
National Board for Certified Counselors
• http://www.nbcc.org/
• http://www.nbcc.org/certification
• http://www.nbcc.org/Certification/CertificationorLicensure
• http://www.nbcc.org/Exam/NationalCounselorExaminationForLicensureAndCertifica
tion/
Topics on Student Affairs
• http://acpa.nche.edu/c12/career.htm
• http://www.studentaffairs.com/web/highereducation.html
• http://uncw.edu/studentaffairs/pdc/documents/StudentDevelopmentTheorybyM.Walk
er.pdf
Professional Associations on Student Affairs
• http://www.naspa.org/
• http://www.naspa.org/about/student-affairs
• http://www.studentaffairs.com/web/professionalassociations.html
De ser necesario, el facilitador puede corregir las direcciones electrónicas o añadir enlaces
profesionales que contengan las investigaciones más recientes sobre el tema del módulo.
Nota: La Universidad Ana G. Méndez (SUAGM) no se responsabiliza por los cambios de
contenido ni formato que se realicen a los enlaces electrónicos que recomienda con fines
educativos; así tampoco controla la caducidad de los mismos. Si por alguna razón, usted
encuentra material cuestionable en los enlaces que el SUAGM recomienda, por favor
comuníquelo inmediatamente al (a la) director(a) académico(a) y al director corporativo de
Servicios de Aprendizaje para iniciar el proceso de remoción y actualizar el módulo con
información confiable.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 11
Revised August, 2016
Descripción de la evaluación
Tabla de evaluación
La calificación final está basada en la acumulación de puntos por taller (30 % para idioma y
70 % para conocimientos en la disciplina). Calcule la calificación final basada en los criterios
que aparecen al lado izquierdo de la tabla (la calificación final representa 50 % para el idioma
español y 50 % para el idioma inglés).
Criterios Talleres Puntos Porcentaje
Asistencia y participación 1 al 8 100 10 %
Laboratorio de Idiomas y el E-Lab (uso de los recursos del E-Lab para realizar asignaciones y actividades, según
indique el módulo o el facilitador).
1 al 8 100 20 %
Trabajos escritos (autorreflexiones, ensayos, párrafos y otros)*
1 al 8 100 15 %
Demostraciones y presentaciones orales y audiovisuales individuales/grupales y juegos de rol*
Determinado por el
facilitador
100 15 %
Portafolio digital (Vea el manual en Blackboard, use sus rúbricas y las de la
sección de apéndices del módulo, según aplique).
8 100 20 %
Autoevaluación y evaluación del supervisor de práctica
8
50 y 50
20 %
Total 600 (puntuación
máxima)
100 %
*Los facilitadores y estudiantes tienen que utilizar las rúbricas provistas en la sección de
apéndices del módulo para evaluar las actividades y asignaciones de cada taller. El
facilitador evaluará las actividades de cada taller, basado en el requisito del 30 % en
actividades de idioma y el 70 % en actividades de contenido. Las actividades tienen que
estar a la altura del nivel universitario, en ambos idiomas, para fomentar el desarrollo
de profesionales bilingües. La calificación final del curso reflejará 50 % en las
actividades del idioma inglés y 50 % en las de español.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 12
Revised August, 2016
Escala para la calificación final del curso
A = 100 - 90 B = 89 - 80 C = 79 – 70 D = 69 - 60 F = 59 o menos
Método de evaluación: El facilitador proporcionará información específica para realizar y calificar las asignaciones durante la primera noche de clase.
El facilitador es responsable de integrar información específica sobre los siguientes temas
en todos los cursos básicos y de especialización:
1. Marzano Teacher Evaluation Model
2. Marzano’s Six-Step Process for Teaching Academic Vocabulary y el Marzano Art
and Science of Teaching Framework
3. National Common Core State Standards (NCCSS) o los estándares del estado en
que reside
4. Normas de lectura del estado en que reside
5. Requisitos de ESOL (English for Speakers of Other Languages) y los requisitos de
educación bilingüe
6. Exámenes de certificación de maestros del estado en que reside
7. Integración de la tecnología de instrucción en la profesión de consejero
El estudiante es responsable de leer cuidadosamente toda la información relacionada con
la experiencia clínica y los requisitos que forman parte del proceso de la práctica docente.
Estos documentos se encuentran en Blackboard, bajo la sección de apéndices del Manual
de práctica docente (Education Internship Handbook), de acuerdo con el estado en el que
usted reside. El estudiante deberá completar los documentos según aplique.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 13
Revised August, 2016
Descripción del proceso de evaluación
1. La calificación final del curso se determinará, según el porcentaje que obtenga el
estudiante al demostrar que domina el contenido del curso (70%) y las habilidades
lingüísticas en inglés y español (30%), basado en el trabajo que realice en cada taller.
La competencia lingüística y el dominio del contenido del curso se evaluarán en cada
taller y asignación y al utilizar los recursos del E-Lab y realizar las actividades. Para
detalles, consulte la tabla de evaluación que se encuentra en la Guía de estudio.
El dominio del contenido del curso se evalúa a través de la autoevaluación y evaluación
del supervisor de práctica, asignaciones, proyectos, trabajos escritos, presentaciones
orales, ejercicios del Laboratorio de Idiomas y del E-Lab, etcétera. La calificación
deberá reflejar el 50 % de la evaluación en inglés y el 50 % en español. El facilitador
es responsable de evidenciar que dicho requisito se cumplió.
2. Además de los requisitos previos, debe evidenciarse que el 30 % de la calificación
incluye el dominio de las destrezas del lenguaje.
3. La naturaleza del Discipline-Based Dual Language Immersion Model® es
desarrollar y maximizar en nuestros estudiantes las destrezas de idioma y el
conocimiento de contenido para apoyarlos en el proceso de convertirse en futuros
profesionales bilingües. Por lo tanto, toda evaluación de destrezas escritas y orales
estará basada en un 30 % de idioma y un 70 % de contenido.
El facilitador utilizará el Apéndice A: National Proficiency Levels for Differentiated
Instruction para identificar los niveles de las destrezas de idioma (escuchar, hablar, leer
y escribir) de cada estudiante y planificar actividades de acuerdo con los niveles de
medición de habilidades (Can Do National Proficiency Levels). Además, el facilitador
es responsable de diferenciar sus métodos de enseñanza para atender las necesidades
específicas de cada alumno, de modo que maximice su aprovechamiento académico.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 14
Revised August, 2016
Por otro lado, usará los criterios de evaluación del Apéndice B: Paragraph
Construction Rubric, Apéndice C: Six-Trait Analytic Writing Rubric y Apéndice F:
Rúbrica de ensayo, para medir las destrezas analíticas de escritura de los documentos
que el alumno redacte.
4. Requisitos del Laboratorio de Idiomas y el E-Lab (Tell Me More, NetTutor,
herramientas de Blackboard Collaborate, e-libro, e-books y Biblioteca Virtual)
a. El Laboratorio de Idiomas y el E-Lab forman parte integral de la evaluación
semanal y final de las actividades y tareas del curso, tal y como aparecen en el
módulo o según sean asignadas por el facilitador.
b. El Apéndice D: Información acerca del Laboratorio de Idiomas y el E-Lab
cuenta con información específica sobre los recursos del Laboratorio de
Idiomas y el E-Lab. Es responsabilidad del facilitador integrar el uso del
Laboratorio de Idiomas y el E-Lab en las asignaciones y actividades del
curso. El uso del Laboratorio de Idiomas y el E-Lab deberá completarse de
acuerdo con las especificaciones del facilitador, que estarán alineadas con el
contenido del curso.
c. Como parte de los criterios de evaluación de este curso, cada estudiante
completará la información del Apéndice E: Documentación del Laboratorio de
Idiomas/E-Lab y lo entregará al facilitador.
d. La sección de actividades del módulo tiene que integrar la utilización del
Laboratorio de Idiomas/E-Lab y basarse en tareas que provea el facilitador.
e. Abra una cuenta en Tell Me More y trabaje con los ejercicios interactivos
diseñados para mejorar/desarrollar las destrezas en los idiomas inglés y español.
Tome la prueba de aptitud de Tell Me More y complete los ejercicios
interactivos en el laboratorio de lenguaje que correspondan al nivel de inglés y
español que usted obtuvo.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 15
Revised August, 2016
5. Portafolio digital
a. El portafolio digital es uno de los instrumentos de evaluación que mide el
rendimiento lingüístico y académico de los alumnos. Por tal razón, es esencial
que el facilitador documente el progreso del estudiante, a medida que vaya
dominando el contenido del curso. Igualmente, evidenciará la evolución de las
competencias lingüísticas en inglés y español.
b. El alumno es responsable de cumplir con los requisitos establecidos en el
Digital Performance Portfolio Assessment Handbook que se encuentra en
Blackboard.
c. En el Taller Uno, el facilitador discutirá detalladamente los procesos y las
expectativas relacionadas con el uso del portafolio digital para demostrar
progreso académico y lingüístico y para alcanzar la meta de convertirse en un
profesional bilingüe exitoso.
d. El facilitador deberá completar el formulario de retroalimentación del
estudiante-facilitador en o antes del Taller Tres.
e. El estudiante entregará su portafolio digital al facilitador en el último taller del
curso.
6. Asistencia y participación - para aprobar la clase, la asistencia a cada taller es
obligatoria. Las ausencias afectarán la calificación final. En caso de ausencias
justificadas, el estudiante es responsable de comunicarse inmediatamente con el
facilitador y de reponer las asignaciones y el trabajo de la clase. Refiérase al Apéndice
G: Rúbrica de participación en clase para más información.
También se evaluarán los siguientes criterios:
a. dominio de los temas que se discutan en clase,
b. cumplimiento de las tareas asignadas,
c. demostración de las destrezas adecuadas de comunicación,
d. participación y cumplimiento del trabajo colaborativo,
e. puntualidad en la entrega de los proyectos/asignaciones,
f. progreso lingüístico (inglés/español) y
g. uso de los recursos del E-Lab.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 16
Revised August, 2016
7. Diario autorreflexivo
a. Como actividad de cierre de cada taller o como una actividad realizada durante
el taller, los estudiantes escribirán su diario auto-reflexivo que se encuentra
Apéndice I: Autorreflexión. También podrán redactar su composición en torno
al tema que determine el facilitador, de manera que demuestre el aprendizaje de
los conceptos del taller. Refiérase a la Tabla de Evaluación que se encuentra
en la Guía de estudio. Utilice la rúbrica que se encuentra en el Apéndice C: Six-
Trait Analytic Writing Rubric.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 17
Revised August, 2016
Descripción de las normas del curso
1. Este curso sigue el modelo Discipline-Based Dual Language Immersion Model® del
Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez, Inc., el cual está diseñado para promover el
desarrollo de cada estudiante como un profesional bilingüe. Cada taller se brindará en
inglés o español, utilizando el modelo 50/50. Esto significa que cada clase deberá
conducirse enteramente en el lenguaje que se especifique. Los idiomas se alternarán
en cada taller para asegurar que el curso se ofrezca 50 % en inglés y 50 % en español.
No obstante, en cursos de cinco o quince semanas, en la última semana se dividirá el
tiempo y las actividades equitativamente entre ambos idiomas. Las primeras dos
horas se realizarán estrictamente en español y durante las últimas dos horas solo
se hablará inglés. El modelo bilingüe no aplica a los cursos de idiomas (inglés y
español). Por ende, estos cursos se dictan exclusivamente en el idioma de instrucción.
2. El curso se conduce en formato acelerado y bilingüe. Esto requiere que los
estudiantes sean sumamente organizados, se enfoquen y se preparen antes de cada taller
de acuerdo con el módulo. El alumno debe hacer todo el esfuerzo posible para
desarrollar las destrezas en los dos idiomas y usar los recursos de lenguaje que están
disponibles dentro y fuera de la institución. Convertirse en un profesional bilingüe es
un proceso complejo. Cada taller requiere un promedio de veinte horas o más de
preparación, dependiendo del nivel del dominio de las destrezas lingüísticas que posee
el estudiante.
3. La asistencia a todos los talleres es obligatoria. El alumno que se ausente a un taller
deberá presentar una excusa (por ejemplo, médica o de tribunal) válida al facilitador.
Este evaluará si la ausencia es justificada y decidirá cómo el estudiante repondrá el
trabajo perdido, de ser necesario. El facilitador puede permitirle al estudiante reponer
el trabajo o asignarle uno adicional. Todas las tareas asignadas deben completarse y
entregarse antes de que inicie el próximo taller y en la fecha estipulada.
El facilitador ajustará la calificación de las tareas que el alumno reponga. No obstante,
las presentaciones orales y actividades especiales no se pueden reponer. El facilitador
citará al estudiante para que tome un examen escrito de la actividad a la cual no asistió.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 18
Revised August, 2016
Dicha prueba deberá evaluar el contenido y los componentes del lenguaje de la
presentación oral o la actividad que el alumno no pudo realizar.
4. Los estudiantes recibirán dos calificaciones en actividades grupales, una por el trabajo
en grupo y otra por trabajo individual.
5. Se espera que todo trabajo escrito sea de la autoría original de cada estudiante y no
plagiado. Se debe entender que todo el contenido del escrito está citado/parafraseado
apropiadamente y da crédito al autor original. Todo estudiante debe ser el autor de su
propio trabajo, basado en el estudio y la citación de fuentes confiables. Wikipedia y
otras páginas wiki (colaborativas) no son referencias confiables. Para reducir/evitar
esta práctica, se utilizará SafeAssignTM de Blackboard, sistema que verifica la
autoría de los documentos que generan los estudiantes. Esto implica que cada
alumno es responsable de leer la política de plagio de su universidad. Si usted es
estudiante de UT, deberá leer la sección 11.1 del Manual del Estudiante. Si es alumno
de la UMET o UNE, refiérase al capítulo 13, secciones 36 y 36.1 de los respectivos
manuales.
Se espera un comportamiento ético en todas las actividades del curso. De manera que
todos los trabajos tienen que ser originales y que a toda referencia que reseñe, le
acompañará la fuente correspondiente, como citas y la página de referencias. No se
tolerará el plagio. En caso de que se detecte plagio, el estudiante se expone a recibir
cero en el trabajo y a ser referido al Comité de Disciplina de la institución. Todos los
alumnos deben cumplir todas las prácticas dirigidas a evitar el plagio de documentos,
ideas y trabajos, pues va en contra de la ética profesional.
NOTA ACLARATORIA: El Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez (SUAGM)
respeta las leyes de derechos de autor y bajo ningún concepto promueve el plagio en
ninguna de sus manifestaciones. A tales efectos, el SUAGM desalienta que tanto
estudiantes, empleados, contratistas, síndicos, así también el público general copien,
peguen, compartan, imiten o parafraseen cualquier material protegido por las leyes de
autor, sin adjudicar la fuente de información, independientemente de su formato.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 19
Revised August, 2016
6. Si el módulo del curso no ha sido revisado en los últimos tres años, se requiere que
el profesor revise las actividades, enlaces, asignaciones y actualice cualquier
información obsoleta por lecturas más recientes y relevantes al curso. Este proceso
deberá llevarse a cabo en las tres semanas que preceden el primer día de clases, con la
autorización previa del director académico del campus y copia de la notificación al
director corporativo de servicios de aprendizaje. El facilitador es responsable de
entregar copia del documento, con los cambios y aprobaciones, al estudiante.
7. El facilitador establecerá los medios de comunicación para contactar a los alumnos y
proveerá su correo SUAGM electrónico, teléfonos y su horario disponible para ayudar
al estudiante.
8. El uso de celulares está prohibido durante las sesiones de clase; por lo tanto, deberá
permanecer en vibración o en silencio.
9. Por motivo de seguridad, solo se permitirá que los alumnos matriculados en el curso
tengan acceso a la sala de clase.
10. Todo estudiante está sujeto a las políticas y normas de conducta y comportamiento que
rigen al Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 20
Revised August, 2016
Nota: Si por alguna razón el estudiante no puede acceder los enlaces electrónicos que
recomienda el módulo, deberá informarlo al facilitador y buscar otras fuentes de
información. Existen otros motores de búsqueda y sitios web que podrá utilizar para buscar
los datos que necesita. Entre ellos están
• www.google.com
• www.findarticles.com
• www.bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu
• www.eric.ed.gov/
• www.flelibrary.org/
• http://www.apastyle.org/
Para acceder vídeos, puede visitar los siguientes sitios web:
• ustream.tv
• sedueradio.com
• videoblocks.com
• youtube.com
• vimeo.com
• skype.com (por solicitud y coordinación previa)
Para comprar o alquilar libros de texto o referencias nuevas o usadas, puede acceder
• http://www.chegg.com/ (alquiler)
• http://www.allbookstores.com/ (compra)
• http://www.alibris.com/ (compra)
Estas son solo algunas de las muchas compañías donde puede comprar o alquilar libros.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 21
Revised August, 2016
Cumplimiento de la ley de investigación
Los alumnos y miembros de la facultad, que pertenezcan a cursos que requieran realizar un
estudio/investigación o administrar cuestionarios o entrevistas, deberán referirse a las normas
y procedimientos de la Oficina de Cumplimiento y solicitar autorización.
En los campus de Florida, Maryland y Dallas, deberán contactar al director académico o el
representante institucional del IRB del campus. Todo estudiante que tenga que realizar una
investigación, como parte de un curso académico, deberá certificarse en los procesos de
investigación del IRB.
Para acceder los formularios de la Oficina de Cumplimiento, e información pertinente, visite
el enlace: http://www.suagm.edu/ac_aa_re_ofi_comites_irbnet.asp. Ahí puede seleccionar los
formularios que necesite.
Para obtener las certificaciones de investigación en línea, tanto el estudiante como el facilitador
deberán acceder las instrucciones del siguiente enlace:
http://www.suagm.edu/pdf/Instrucciones%20Certificaciones%20IRBNet.pdf.
Las certificaciones incluyen: IRB (Human Subject Research), HIPAA (Confidencialidad y
Privacidad), RCR (Responsible Conduct of Research) y otras que el facilitador del curso podría
solicitar.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 22
Revised August, 2016
De tener alguna duda, favor de comunicarse con el director académico o representante
institucional del IRB del campus.
Además, puede comunicarse con la directora de cumplimiento o con los coordinadores de cumplimiento:
Evelyn Rivera Sobrado, directora de cumplimiento
Tel. (787) 751-0178 ext. 7196
Carmen C. Crespo Díaz, coordinadora de cumplimiento – UMET
Tel. (787) 751-0178 ext. 6366
Josefina Melgar Gómez, coordinadora de cumplimiento – UT
Tel. (787) 743-7979 ext. 4126
Natalia Torres Berríos, coordinadora de cumplimiento – UNE
Tel. (787) 257-7373 ext. 2279
Ramón L. Nieves, coordinador de cumplimiento – SUAGM - EE. UU.
Tel. (407) 207-3363 Ext. 1889
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 23
Revised August, 2016
Filosofía y metodología educativa
Este curso está basado en la filosofía educativa del constructivismo. El constructivismo es una
filosofía de aprendizaje fundamentada en la premisa que afirma que, reflexionando a través de
nuestras experiencias, podemos construir nuestro propio entendimiento sobre el mundo en el
que vivimos.
Cada uno de nosotros genera sus propias “reglas” y “modelos mentales” que utilizamos para
darle sentido a nuestras experiencias. Aprender, por lo tanto, es simplemente el proceso de
ajustar nuestros modelos mentales para poder entender nuevas experiencias.
Los facilitadores se enfocan en ayudar a los estudiantes a conectar el conocimiento previo y el
nuevo aprendizaje con las experiencias reales de la vida. De esta manera, se fomenta un nuevo
entendimiento que es relevante para los alumnos. También, los facilitadores adaptan las
estrategias de enseñanza a las respuestas de los estudiantes y los motivan para que analicen,
interpreten y predigan información de manera que la apliquen a la vida diaria.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 24
Revised August, 2016
Principios del constructivismo:
1. El aprendizaje es una búsqueda de significados. Por lo tanto, el aprendizaje debe comenzar
con situaciones en las cuales los estudiantes estén buscando activamente construir un
significado.
2. Para construir un significado, se requiere comprender todas las partes: globales y
específicas (from whole to parts). Las partes deben de entenderse dentro de un contexto
global. Por lo tanto, el proceso de aprendizaje se enfoca en los conceptos primarios en
contexto global y no en hechos aislados.
3. Para educar correctamente, se debe entender los modelos mentales que los estudiantes
utilizan para percibir el mundo y las presunciones que ellos hacen para apoyar dichos
modelos.
4. El propósito del aprendizaje es para que un individuo construya su propio significado y no
solo el de memorizar las respuestas “correctas” y repetir el significado que otra persona le
haya dado. Como la educación es intrínsecamente interdisciplinaria, la única forma válida
para asegurar el aprendizaje es hacer de la evaluación una parte esencial de dicho proceso,
asegurando que el mismo provea a los estudiantes información sobre la calidad de su
aprendizaje.
5. La evaluación debe servir como una herramienta de autoanálisis.
6. Se proveerán las herramientas y el ambiente adecuado que ayuden a los alumnos a
interpretar las múltiples perspectivas que existen en el mundo.
7. El estudiante maneja y analiza su propio aprendizaje.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 25
Revised August, 2016
Modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E
El modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E, que se ha utilizado desde finales del 1980,
se basa en la utilización de los materiales curriculares. El modelo se clasifica bajo la teoría de
enseñanza constructivista (Bybee, 2006). Cada elemento de este modelo se elabora
cuidadosamente para promover la construcción del conocimiento del estudiante.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 26
Revised August, 2016
Técnicas de aprendizaje de colaboración en grupo en el salón de clase bilingüe:
Las investigaciones en el área de instrucción colaborativa han demostrado que cuando los
estudiantes bilingües, y otros alumnos en general, utilizan las técnicas del cooperativismo en
las actividades del salón de clase, realizan mejor sus exámenes, construyen conocimiento y
transfieren sus experiencias a situaciones de la vida real.
1. ¿Qué es aprendizaje de colaboración?
2. ¿Por qué se utiliza?
3. ¿Cómo se aplica en el salón de clase?
4. ¿Cuáles son algunas técnicas/estrategias de aprendizaje de colaboración?
a. Discusión
i) Pensar-Parear-Compartir
ii) Entrevista de tres pasos
b. Enseñanza recíproca - explicar, proveer retroalimentación y entender perspectivas
alternas
i) Tomar apuntes en parejas
ii) Rompecabezas
c. Organizador gráfico - descubrimiento de patrones y relaciones
i) Cuadrícula de grupo
ii) Cadena de secuencia
d. Escribir - organización y síntesis de la información
i) Ensayo didáctico
ii) Revisión en parejas
e. Resolver problemas - desarrollo de estrategias y análisis
i) Enviar un problema
ii) Three-Stay, One Stray
Para más estrategias de instrucción colaborativa, vaya a
• http://serc.carleton.edu/introgeo/cooperative/index.html
• http://www.kaganonline.com/free_articles/dr_spencer_kagan/279/Kagan-Structures-
for-English-Language-Learners
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 27
Revised August, 2016
Método de instrucción del modelo bilingüe
El currículo del modelo bilingüe integra el SIOP, por sus siglas en inglés: Sheltered
Instruction Observation Protocol.
El alumno se expondrá a los ocho componentes interrelacionados de SIOP para facilitar una
instrucción comprensible. Estos componentes son
1. Preparación de la lección – Consiste en elaborar una lección que permita que el
estudiante pueda conectar lo que sabe con sus experiencias y la información nueva.
2. Conocimientos previos – Los conceptos que aprenderán deben estar relacionados
directamente con las experiencias del estudiante.
3. Instrucción comprensible – El facilitador deberá utilizar un vocabulario académico
de acuerdo con el nivel de conocimiento del alumno.
4. Estrategias – Son técnicas, métodos y procesos mentales que mejoran la
comprensión y retención del material.
5. Interacción – La oportunidad de que los estudiantes utilicen el idioma de múltiples
formas a través de las áreas de contenido.
6. Práctica/aplicación – Oportunidades para utilizar materiales didácticos y practicar
el contenido.
7. Desarrollo de la lección – El facilitador desarrollará los objetivos de lenguaje y
contenido a través de la lección y creará oportunidades para involucrar al alumno
en el proceso de aprendizaje.
8. Repaso/evaluación – Se realiza a lo largo de la lección para determinar si el alumno
adquirió el conocimiento.
Las estrategias de instrucción están ligadas a cada uno de estos componentes, lo que permite
que tanto el diseño como la presentación de las lecciones respondan a las necesidades
académicas y lingüísticas de los alumnos que aprenden un segundo idioma. Cada lección de
este curso integra estrategias bilingües y enfoques de instrucción que garantizan el éxito
lingüístico y académico de los estudiantes.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 28
Revised August, 2016
Experiencias clínicas nivel 1 y nivel 2 en el salón de clases
Antes de que el alumno comience la experiencia clínica, el facilitador es responsable de
proveerle información detallada acerca de los siguientes requisitos, dependiendo del estado en
el que resida:
1. State Educator Accomplished Practices - Para información específica, consulte
los requisitos y documentos que debe usar en los niveles 1 y 2; los mismos se
encuentran en Blackboard, bajo la sección de apéndices del Manual de práctica
docente y de acuerdo con el estado en el que usted reside.
2. State Teacher Standards for ESOL Endorsement - Para información específica,
consulte los requisitos y documentos que debe usar en los niveles 1 y 2; los
mismos se encuentran en Blackboard, bajo la sección de apéndices del Manual
de práctica docente y de acuerdo con el estado en el que usted reside.
3. Reading Endorsement Competencies - Para información específica, consulte los
requisitos y documentos que debe usar en los niveles 1 y 2; los mismos se
encuentran en Blackboard, bajo la sección de apéndices del Manual de práctica
docente y de acuerdo con el estado en el que usted reside.
4. National Common Core State Standards (NCCSS) o los estándares del estado
en que reside
5. The Marzano Teacher Evaluation Model (según aplique en cada estado)
6. Marzano’s Six-Step Process for Teaching Academic Vocabulary y el Marzano
Art and Science of Teaching Framework
7. The Texas Examinations of Educator Standards™ (TExES™) y el Spanish
Language Proficiency Test (solo en Texas)
8. Praxis I y Praxis II (solo en Maryland)
9. Florida Teacher Certification Examination (FTCE), General Knowledge (GK)
Test y el Subject Area Examination (solo Florida)
El facilitador es responsable de explicarles a los estudiantes cómo se utilizan los documentos
de las experiencias clínicas, nivel 1 y nivel 2; los mismos se encuentran en Blackboard, bajo
la sección de apéndices del Manual de práctica docente, de acuerdo con el estado en el que
usted reside. Estos documentos se usan en conjunto con el Education Internship Handbook y
el Education Internship Handbook for Counseling (K-12) los cuales han sido desarrollados
para cada estado, según aplique.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 29
Revised August, 2016
Expediting Comprehension for English Language Learners (ExC-ELL)
Componente - Vocabulario
Existen tres niveles de palabras que afectan la comprensión y el rendimiento académico (Calderón, 2011).
Nivel 1: Se refiere a las palabras básicas que los aprendices de un segundo idioma necesitan para comunicarse, leer y escribir. Este nivel incluye los vocablos que deben enseñarse debido a la naturaleza de su ortografía (hacienda, hipopótamo), pronunciación o confusión con los homófonos (vez y ves; hablando y ablando; sierra y cierra), falsos cognados (éxito; embarazada; suceso) y conocimientos previos (rascacielos; cortadora de césped).
Nivel 2: Trata acerca del procesamiento de los vocablos que alberga el Nivel 3 en oraciones largas, palabras polisémicas (con múltiples significados), homónimos (casa y caza), homógrafos (arroyo y arrollo), palabras/frases de transición (sin embargo; al igual que; por ejemplo), conectores lingüísticos de causa y efecto (porque; debido a; como resultado; por ende; en consecuencia). También se incluyen aquellas frases de transición que se usan para contrastar (a diferencia de; por el contrario; no obstante), para añadir ideas (además; aparte de; también) y para comparar (así como; del mismo modo). Además, se consideran los grupos de palabras (alcance y secuencia; lenguaje académico), los modismos o frases idiomáticas (dar en el clavo, ponerse en sus zapatos, con la soga al cuello) y las palabras más sofisticadas, que son apropiadas para las discusiones y descripciones específicas (ejemplos de especificidad para "hablar": discutir, declarar, conversar).
Nivel 3: Se centra en palabras, de temas específicos, que definen los conceptos de contenido de una disciplina, materias y temas. Estos vocablos académicos se utilizan con poca frecuencia, fuera del contexto académico. Algunos ejemplos son: fotosíntesis, farmacología, democracia, hemorragia, ósmosis y autismo. El facilitador seleccionará tres palabras del Nivel 1 que dificultarán la comprensión de los vocablos del taller que requiera las del Nivel 2. Escoja tres palabras del Nivel 3, que sean críticas para comprender y aprender los conceptos del taller. Las palabras del Nivel 1 deben abordarse según aparecen en las actividades de enseñanza y aprendizaje en el aula.
Nivel 1
Palabas básicas Nivel 2
Palabras sofisticadas, modismos y frases de transición
Nivel 3 Palabras académicas
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 30
Revised August, 2016
Componentes de SIOP (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol)
Las estrategias de instrucción bilingüe aparecen debajo de cada componente de SIOP (A-E). Estas estrategias permiten diseñar e impartir una lección que responda a las necesidades académicas y lingüísticas de los estudiantes que aprenden un segundo idioma. El facilitador debe seleccionar las estrategias de Enfoque Académico Cognitivo de Aprendizaje de Idioma (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach, conocido como CALLA por sus siglas en inglés), que mejor correspondan a los objetivos específicos de contenido y lenguaje del taller, para integrarlas en las actividades de manera que los alumnos puedan obtener el máximo provecho académico. Fase 1: Enfocar (Refiérase al diagrama del modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E.) A. Preparación de la lección B. Andamiaje (Scaffolding)
__ Adaptación de contenido __ Modelaje __ Enlaces con el conocimiento previo __ Práctica dirigida __ Enlaces con el aprendizaje previo __ Práctica independiente __ Estrategias incorporadas __ Entrada (input) comprensible Fase 2: Explorar; Fase 3: Explicar; Fase 4: Extender (Refiérase a las explicaciones de estas tres etapas de la lección). Estrategias de CALLA (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach) El facilitador debe especificar las estrategias que usará en cada lección y explicarlas a los estudiantes. Nombres de las estrategias __ Cognitiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ __ Metacognitiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ __ Socioafectiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ C. Opciones de agrupamiento D. Integración de las artes del lenguaje __ Grupo completo __ Escuchar __ Grupos pequeños __ Hablar __ Trabajo en pares __ Leer __ Trabajo independiente __ Escribir El facilitador debe explicar las técnicas de colaboración que utilizará en clase. Fase 5: Elaboración (Refiérase a la explicación de esta etapa de la lección.) E. Aplicación de aprendizaje __ Dinámica __ Significativa y relevante __ Rigurosa __ Vinculada a los objetivos __ Promueve la participación
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 31
Revised August, 2016
STUDY GUIDE
Course Title: Practicum in Counseling in Student Affairs in Higher Education
Code: EDUC 652
Credits: Three
Time Length: 8 weeks in class and 100 additional hours in the practicum site
Prerequisites: All specialization courses and EDUC 649-0, EDUC 650-0, and EDUC 651-
0.
Description:
This course is a formative experience in student affairs counseling as required by the Council
of Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP) for a 100 hours
practicum experience. The practicum must include direct service hours in individual and group
interventions. It focuses on the development of competencies in individual and group
counseling in higher education, interacting with faculty, students, and student service
personnel.
General Content Objectives
After completing the practicum, the student will be able to demonstrate the following
professional competencies:
1. Develop and maintain ethical and moral principles in his/her relationship with the
client. (CACREP IIG, 1 - 2)
2. Effectively conduct an interview process. (CACREP 5b, c, d)
3. Keep accurate and precise records/files. (CACREP 5a, d)
4. Conceptualize cases according to the theoretical framework. (CACREP 5 g)
5. Help his/her client achieve personal, social, and vocational development by means of
individual counseling. (CACREP5, 7)
6. Help his/her client achieve personal, social, and vocational development by means of
group counseling. (CACREP 6, 7)
7. Demonstrate the competencies required to work with records. (CACREP 5a, d)
8. Participate actively in all practicum seminars. (CACREP F)
9. Demonstrate knowledge of the services which an institution of higher education has
available to assist students.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 32
Revised August, 2016
General Language Objectives
Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
1. Listen: Understand oral discussions in English/Spanish and recognize their different
purposes and the communication settings in which they are produced. In addition,
share, compare, and develop new ideas about the practicum in counseling in student
affairs in higher education in a collaborative manner; acquire significant knowledge
supported by experiences and motivational topics; respond to auditory stimuli such as
videos, audiovisual presentations and interactive activities.
2. Speak: Express him/herself in English/Spanish correctly and coherently for a variety
of purposes and in a variety of communication settings, adopting a personal style of
expression; analyze, express opinions, and communicate orally different points of view
and ideas. In addition, develop abilities and skills that will prepare him/her for
academic and daily life and the workplace; use language to acquire new knowledge
about the practicum in counseling in student affairs in higher education and learn to utilize
simple techniques of handling information through traditional media and computer
technology.
3. Read: Investigate, analyze, interpret, summarize, paraphrase, and understand in
English/Spanish information obtained from a variety of media on the practicum in
counseling in student affairs in higher education. In addition, develop critical attitudes
towards communication media messages, reflecting on the importance of this
information; benefit independently from reading as a form of communication and as a
source of cultural enrichment.
4. Write: Produce written works in English/Spanish expressing a personal, critical and
creative point of view, using correct spelling, grammar, and coherence in order to
establish an effective and clear communication. In addition, use writing as a means of
communication and to provide information about the practicum in counseling in student
affairs in higher education
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 33
Revised August, 2016
General Assessment Objectives
Upon completing this course, the facilitator will have evaluated the students’ skills in the
following areas:
1. Evaluation: Demonstrate the competencies required to monitor and evaluate the
personal, social, and vocational development of their clients.
2. Synthesis: Develop an effective relationship with clients that reflects ethical and moral
principles.
3. Analysis: Demonstrate an appropriate theoretical framework when examining cases
in class and during the practicum.
APA Requirements (6th edition) to cite books used in the course
1. http://www.apastyle.org/
2. http://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/resource/560/01/
Recommended Books
American Psychological Association. (2009). Publication manual of the American
Psychological Association (6th ed.). Washington, DC: Author.
(ISBN-10: 1433805618; ISBN-13: 978-1433805615)
Hodges, S. (2011). The counseling practicum and internship manual: A resource for
graduate counseling students. New York, NY: Springer Pub. Co.
(ISBN-13: 9780826118325)
Janosik, S. M., Cooper, D. L., Saunders, S. A., & Hirt, J.B. (2014). Learning through
supervised practice in student affairs (2nd ed.). New York, NY: Routledge
(ISBN-10: 0415534348; ISBN-13: 978-0415534345)
Marzano, R.J. & Simms, J. (2012). Coaching classroom instruction (classroom strategies).
Bloomington, IN: Marzano Research Laboratory.
(ISBN-10: 0983351260; ISBN-13: 978-0983351269)
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 34
Revised August, 2016
Recommended E-Books
Hamrick, F. A., Evans, N. J., & Schuh, J. H. (2002). Foundations of student affairs practice:
How philosophy, theory, and research strengthen educational outcomes. San
Francisco: Jossey-Bass (ISBN 9780787967918) Retrieved from
http://www.ebooks.com/151937/foundations-of-student-affairs-practice/hamrick-
florence-a-evans-nancy-j-schuh-john-h/
Rentz, A. L., & Zhang, N. (2011). Rentz's student affairs practice in higher education.
Springfield, IL: C.C. Thomas (9780398079666) Retrieved from
http://www.ebooks.com/631196/rentz-s-student-affairs-practice-in-higher-
educations/zhang-naijian/
Additional Electronic Resources and Links – students are encouraged to access the
following links, but not limit themselves only to these.
National Common Core State Standards (NCCSS)
• http://www.corestandards.org/
• http://www.onlinecolleges.net/2012/06/27/50-important-links-for-common-core-
educators/
• http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EXf91AGW2QA
• http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5s0rRk9sER0
Links Related to Teacher Certification in Florida
Florida Teacher Certification Examination (FTCE)
• http://www.fl.nesinc.com/
General Knowledge (GK) Test
• http://www.fl.nesinc.com/testPage.asp?test=GK
Subject Area Examinations
• http://www.fl.nesinc.com/tests.asp
Test Information Guides
• http://www.fl.nesinc.com/FL_TIGS.asp
Florida State Standards:
• https://www.fldoe.org/arra/pdf/CCSSRolloutTimeline.pdf
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 35
Revised August, 2016
Links related to Maryland State Teacher Certification
Maryland State Standards
• http://marylandpublicschools.org/
• http://marylandpublicschools.org/MSDE/programs/ccss/
Links related to Texas State Teacher Certification
Texas State Standards
• http://www.utdallas.edu/scimathed/
• http://www.dcschools.com/
• http://www.tea.state.tx.us/WorkArea/DownloadAsset.aspx?id=5987
The Texas Examinations of Educator Standards™ (TExES™)
• http://cms.texes-ets.org/tecprogram/
Other Resources
Virtual Library
• http://bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu/
Professional Counseling Certifications
• http://www.counselor-license.com/education/counseling-certification.html
National Board for Certified Counselors
• http://www.nbcc.org/
• http://www.nbcc.org/certification
• http://www.nbcc.org/Certification/CertificationorLicensure
• http://www.nbcc.org/Exam/NationalCounselorExaminationForLicensureAndCertifica
tion/
Topics on Student Affairs
• http://acpa.nche.edu/c12/career.htm
• http://www.studentaffairs.com/web/highereducation.html
• http://uncw.edu/studentaffairs/pdc/documents/StudentDevelopmentTheorybyM.Walk
er.pdf
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 36
Revised August, 2016
Professional Organizations for Student Affairs
• http://www.naspa.org/
• http://www.naspa.org/about/student-affairs
• http://www.studentaffairs.com/web/professionalassociations.html
If deemed necessary, the facilitator may make changes to the web addresses or links and add
additional challenging, research-based, and professional educational Web resources to reflect
current trends in the course topics.
Note: The Ana G. Méndez University System (SUAGM) is not responsible for changes in
content or format that may occur in the electronic links recommended for educational
purposes; neither is SUAGM responsible for their expiry. If, for any reason, you find
questionable or objectionable material in the links recommended by SUAGM, please contact
the academic director immediately to initiate the removal process and update the module
with trustworthy information.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 37
Revised August, 2016
Description of the Evaluation
Evaluation Table
The final grade is based on the total points by workshop (30% for languages and 70%
for the content area.) Average the final grade based on the criteria that appears to the
left in the chart (the final grade represents 50% for the Spanish language and 50% for
the English language.)
Criteria Workshops Points Percentage
Attendance and Participation 1 to 8 100
10%
Language Lab and E-Lab (usage of E-Lab resources for homework and activities of the course according to the
module or as provided by the facilitator)
1 to 8 100 20%
Written Works (self-reflections, essays, paragraphs, and others)*
1 to 8 100 15%
Individual/Group Oral Demonstrations, Role-Plays, and Audiovisual Presentations*
As Determined by the
Facilitator
100 15%
Digital Portfolio (Students can access the handbook in Blackboard and
use the rubrics available in the handbook or in the module appendix section as applicable.)
8 100 20%
Self-Evaluation and On-site Supervisor’s Evaluation
8
50 and 50
20%
Total 600 (maximum number of
points)
100%
*Facilitators and students are required to use the rubrics provided in the Appendix Section of
the course module for the evaluation of assignments and activities in each workshop. The
facilitator will evaluate the activities of each workshop based on 30% for language activities
and 70% for content activities. The activities must be at a college level in both languages to
support the development of bilingual professionals. The final grade of the class must reflect
50% for activities in English and 50% for activities in Spanish.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 38
Revised August, 2016
Scale for the Final Course Grade
A = 100 - 90 B = 89 - 80 C = 79 – 70 D = 69 - 60 F = 59 or less
Method of Evaluation: The facilitator will provide specific information regarding
assignments on the first night of class.
The facilitator is responsible for integrating specific information on the following topics
in every core and specialization course:
1. Marzano’s Teacher Evaluation Model
2. Marzano’s Six-Step Process for Teaching Academic Vocabulary and the Marzano Art
and Science of Teaching Framework
3. National Common Core State Standards (NCCSS) or State Standards
4. State Reading Requirements
5. Requirements for English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) and
Requirements for Bilingual Education
6. Teacher Certification State Exams
7. Integration of Technology in the Classroom
The student is responsible for carefully reading all the information related to the clinical
school experience and other additional requirements that are part of the internship
process. All information and documents are found in Blackboard under the Appendix
Section of the Education Internship Handbook, and in accordance with your state of
residence. The student is responsible for completing all forms, as applicable.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 39
Revised August, 2016
Description of the Evaluation Process
1. The final grade for the course is determined by the percentage obtained by the student
for the demonstration of learning of the course content and achievement of course
outcomes (70%), as well as for the mastery of language skills in English and Spanish
(30%). Course content mastery and language proficiency will be evaluated based on
the work completed in each workshop, including assignments, the use of E-Lab
resources, and activities. Refer to the evaluation table that is found in the Study Guide.
Students’ knowledge of the course content is measured by means of the self-evaluation
and the on-site supervisor’s evaluation, assignments, projects, written works, oral
presentations, Language Lab/E-Lab exercises, and others. The grade must reflect 50%
of the evaluation in English and 50% in Spanish. It is the facilitator’s responsibility to
have evidence that this requirement was fulfilled.
2. In addition to the previous requirements, there must be evidence that 30% of the grade
demonstrates mastery of language skills.
3. Our Discipline-Based Dual Language Immersion Model® is designed to develop and
maximize language skills and content knowledge in our students in order to optimize
their abilities to support them in the process of becoming future dual language
professionals. Therefore, all evaluations for written and oral skills will be based on
30% for language and 70% for content.
The facilitator must refer to Appendix A: The National Proficiency Levels for
Differentiated Instruction to identify each student’s level of language skills (listen,
speak, read, and write) based on the Can Do National Proficiency Levels. Furthermore,
it is the responsibility of the facilitator to use differentiated instruction in order to meet
the language needs of each student and to ensure maximum learning and academic
performance.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 40
Revised August, 2016
In addition, the criteria found in Appendix B: Paragraph Construction Rubric,
Appendix C: Six-Trait Analytic Writing Rubric, and Appendix F: Essay Rubric will be
used to evaluate writing skills.
4. Language Lab and E-Lab Requirements (Tell Me More, NetTutor, Blackboard
Collaborate tools, e-libro, e-books, and Virtual Library)
a. The Language Lab and the E-Lab are an integral part of the course weekly
evaluations and the final evaluation of activities and assignments of the
course, according to the module or as assigned by the facilitator.
b. Specific information about the Language Lab/E-Lab resources is found in
Appendix D: Language Lab and E-Lab Information. It is the facilitator’s
responsibility to integrate the use of the Language Lab/E-Lab in the
course assignments and activities. The Language Lab/E-Lab hours must
be completed according to the facilitator’s specifications which must be
aligned to the course content.
c. Each student must fill out the documentation form found in Appendix E:
Language Lab/E-Lab Documentation and submit it to the facilitator as part
of the evaluation criteria for this course.
d. The activities section of the guide must integrate practice in the Language
Lab/E-Lab, based on assignments given by the facilitator.
e. Open a Tell Me More account and begin working on the interactive
exercises designed to develop/improve the English and Spanish language
skills. Take the Tell Me More language placement test and, based on your
score, complete the interactive exercises in the Language Lab that
correspond to your level of English and Spanish.
5. Digital Portfolio
a. The digital portfolio is one of the tools used to assess students’ linguistic
and academic progress. For this reason, it is imperative that the facilitator
documents students’ progress as they achieve mastery of the course content,
as well as language proficiency in English and Spanish.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 41
Revised August, 2016
b. It is the student’s responsibility to ensure that the portfolio complies with
the established standards and requirements found in the Digital
Performance Portfolio Assessment Handbook. Students can access the
handbook in Blackboard.
c. During Workshop One, the facilitator will discuss in detail the process and
expectations regarding the use of the digital portfolio to demonstrate
linguistic and academic progress in order to achieve the goal of becoming a
successful dual language professional.
d. By Workshop Three, the Student-Facilitator Feedback Form must be
completed by the facilitator.
e. The completed digital portfolio must be submitted by the student to the
facilitator in the last workshop of the course.
6. Attendance and Class Participation - attendance to every workshop is mandatory to
pass the class, and absences will affect the final grade. In the event that the absence is
excused, it is the student’s responsibility to immediately contact the facilitator. In
addition, the student must complete all the assignments and classwork for the day of
absence. Refer to Appendix G: Class Participation Rubric for additional information.
The following criteria will also be evaluated:
a. mastery of the material discussed in class,
b. completion of assigned work,
c. demonstration of adequate communication skills,
d. effective participation in collaborative tasks,
e. submission of all work on time,
f. linguistic progress in both English and Spanish, and
g. use of the E-Lab resources.
7. Self-reflection Journal
a. As a lesson wrap-up or as an activity within the workshop, students will write
a self-reflection on a topic found in Appendix I: Self-Reflection or on another
topic determined by the facilitator. In this manner, students will demonstrate
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 42
Revised August, 2016
understanding of the concepts of the workshop. Refer to the evaluation chart
that is found in the Study Guide. Utilize the rubric in Appendix C: Six-Trait
Analytic Writing Rubric to evaluate the Self-Reflection Journal.
Description of Course Policies
1. This course follows the Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez, Inc. Discipline-Based Dual
Language Immersion Model® which is designed to promote each student’s development
as a dual language professional. Each workshop will be facilitated in either English or
Spanish, strictly using the 50/50 model. This means that each class will be conducted
entirely in the language specified for the workshop. The language used in each workshop
will be alternated to ensure that 50% of the course is conducted in English and 50% in
Spanish. Therefore, in courses of 5 or 15 weeks, the course module will specify that both
languages will be equally used in the last week, dividing the workshop assignments and
activities between the two languages. The first two hours will be conducted strictly in
Spanish and only English will be spoken during the last two hours. The delivery of
instruction in language courses must be exclusively in the language taught (Spanish or
English).
2. The course is conducted in an accelerated and dual language format. This requires that
students prepare in advance for each workshop according to the course module. Students
must be structured, organized, committed, and focused to ensure linguistic and academic
success. In order to achieve proficiency expectations in English and in Spanish, the student
must strive to take advantage of all language resources in the university and in their
community, since becoming a dual language professional is a complex and challenging
task. Each workshop requires an average of twenty hours or more of preparation,
depending on the student’s development of linguistic achievement.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 43
Revised August, 2016
3. Attendance to all class sessions is mandatory. A student who is absent to a workshop must
present a reasonable excuse (e.g., medical or jury duty) to the facilitator who, in turn, will
evaluate the reason for the absence. If it is justified, the facilitator will decide how the
student will make up the missing work, if deemed necessary. All assignments must be
completed and handed in prior to the next workshop or on the date stipulated by the
facilitator.
The facilitator will adjust the grade for late assignments and/or make-up work. However,
oral presentations and special class activities cannot be made up. The facilitator will
indicate a date for the student to take a written test that will measure both the content and
linguistic components of the missing presentation or activity.
4. In cooperative learning activities, students will receive two grades: one for group work and
one for the individual work performed.
5. It is expected that all written work will be solely that of the student and should not be
plagiarized. All quoted or paraphrased material must be properly cited, with credit given
to its author or publisher. That is, the student must be the author of all work submitted,
based on research and citations of reliable sources. Wikipedia and other wiki pages
(collaborative) are not reliable references. It should be noted that plagiarized writings are
easily detectable and students should not risk losing credit for material that is clearly not
their own. In order to reduce/prevent plagiarism, facilitators will use SafeAssignTM,
a Blackboard plagiarism deterrent service used to verify students’ ownership of
written works. Therefore, it is the students’ responsibility to read the plagiarism policy
of their institution. If you are a UT student, read Section 11.1 of the Student Manual. If
you are a UMET or UNE student, refer to Chapter 13, Sections 36 and 36.1 of the respective
manuals.
Ethical behavior is expected from students in all course-related activities. This means that
all papers submitted by students must be original work and that all references used must be
properly cited and mentioned in the bibliography. Plagiarism will not be tolerated. In the
event that a student commits plagiarism, he/she risks receiving a zero in the assignment or
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 44
Revised August, 2016
activity and being referred to the Discipline Committee. All students must comply with all
policies aimed at preventing plagiarism of documents, ideas and works, since this violates
professional ethics.
EXPLANATORY NOTE: The Ana G. Méndez University System (SUAGM) respects
all copyright laws and, under no circumstances, promotes plagiarism in any form. To this
end, SUAGM discourages students, employees, contractors, trustees, as well as the general
public, from copying, sharing, imitating, or paraphrasing any material protected by
copyright laws, without appropriately citing the source of information and/or the source
being referred to, irrespective of the format of the material.
6. If the module has not been revised in the last three years, the facilitator is required to
revise the activities, electronic links, assignments, and any other information that may
be obsolete. This may include adding or revising more recent readings relevant to the
course. This process needs to occur at least three weeks prior to the beginning of the
workshop, and it must be authorized by the academic director of the campus with copy to
the corporate learning services director. It is the facilitator’s responsibility to provide
students with the document that includes all the changes made to the module.
7. In order to help the students more effectively and establish a means of contacting students,
the facilitator will provide his/her SUAGM e-mail address, phone number, hours to be
contacted, and days available.
8. The use of cellular phones is prohibited during class sessions. Therefore, it must be on
vibrate or silent mode during the class session.
9. For security reasons, only students registered in the course are permitted to enter the
classrooms.
10. All students are subject to the behavior policies and norms that govern the Ana G. Méndez
University System.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 45
Revised August, 2016
Note: If for any reason the student cannot access the links presented in the module, he/she
should notify the facilitator immediately and research other sources of information. There are
many other search engines and links that can be used to conduct research. Some examples are
• www.google.com
• www.findarticles.com
• www.bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu
• www.eric.ed.gov/
• www.flelibrary.org/
• http://www.apastyle.org/
Visit the following websites to access videos:
• ustream.tv
• sedueradio.com
• videoblocks.com
• youtube.com
• vimeo.com
• skype.com (upon request and prior coordination)
Access the following links to buy or rent new or used textbooks or references:
• http://www.chegg.com/ (rent)
• http://www.allbookstores.com/ (buy)
• http://www.alibris.com/ (buy)
These are only some of the companies where books may be bought or rented.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 46
Revised August, 2016
Research Law Compliance Requirement
For all courses that require research, questionnaires or interviews, students and faculty must
comply with the norms and procedures of the Institutional Review Board (IRB) Office and
request authorization.
In the Florida, Maryland, and Texas campuses, they must contact the academic director or the
IRB institutional representative. All students who must conduct an investigation as part of a
course must be certified in IRB investigation processes.
To access the forms from the IRB Office or for additional information, visit the following link:
http://www.suagm.edu/ac_aa_re_ofi_comites_irbnet.asp, and select the forms needed.
In addition, the student and the facilitator will find instructions for several online
certifications related to IRB processes by accessing the following link:
http://www.suagm.edu/pdf/Instrucciones%20Certificaciones%20IRBNet.pdf.
These certifications include: IRB (Human Subject Research), HIPAA (Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act), RCR (Responsible Conduct of Research), and others that
may be required by the facilitator of the course.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 47
Revised August, 2016
To clarify doubts or questions, please contact the academic director or the IRB institutional
representative of your campus.
In addition, you may contact the IRB compliance director or coordinators:
Evelyn Rivera Sobrado, IRB Compliance Director
Tel. (787) 751-0178 ext. 7196
Carmen C. Crespo Díaz, IRB Coordinator– UMET
Tel. (787) 751-0178 ext. 6366
Josefina Melgar Gómez, IRB Coordinator – UT
Tel. (787) 743-7979 ext. 4126
Natalia Torres Berríos, IRB Coordinator - UNE
Tel. (787) 257-7373 ext. 2279
Ramón L. Nieves, IRB Coordinator – SUAGM - USA
Tel. (407) 207-3363 Ext. 1889
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 48
Revised August, 2016
Teaching Philosophy and Methodology
This course is based on the educational philosophy of Constructivism. Constructivism is an
educational philosophy founded on the premise that, by reflecting on our experiences, we
construct our own understanding of the world in which we live.
Each of us generates our own “rules” and “mental models” which we use to make sense of our
experiences. Learning, therefore, is simply the process of adjusting our mental models to
accommodate new experiences.
Facilitators are focused on assisting students to make connections between their prior
knowledge, new knowledge and real life experiences, thus fostering a new understanding that
is relevant to them. We also attempt to tailor our teaching strategies to students’ responses and
encourage them to analyze, interpret, and predict information that can be applied to one’s daily
life.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 49
Revised August, 2016
Constructivism Guiding Principles
1. Learning is a search for meaning. Therefore, learning must start with the issues around
which students are actively trying to construct meaning.
2. Constructing meaning requires understanding the “whole” as well as the “parts.” The
“parts” must be understood in the context of the “whole.” Therefore, the learning process
focuses on primary concepts in context, not isolated facts.
3. In order to teach well, we must understand the mental models that students use to perceive
the world and the assumptions they make to support those models.
4. The purpose of learning is for an individual to construct his or her own meaning, not just
memorize the "right" answers and repeat someone else's meaning. Since education is
inherently interdisciplinary, the only valuable way to measure learning is by making
assessment an essential part of the learning process, thus ensuring that it provides students
with information on the quality of their learning.
5. Evaluations should serve as self-analysis tools.
6. The adequate tools and environment that help learners interpret the multiple perspectives
of the world will be provided.
7. Learning should be internally controlled and mediated by the learner.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 50
Revised August, 2016
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model, which has been used since the late 1980’s, is based
on the use of curriculum materials. It falls within the theories of the Constructivist Teaching
Model (Bybee, 2006). Every element of this model is carefully elaborated to promote the
students’ construction of knowledge.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 51
Revised August, 2016
Cooperative Learning Techniques in Dual Language Classrooms
Research in cooperative learning has shown that, when dual language learners and students in
general use cooperative techniques in classroom activities, they achieve better results in
assessments, construct knowledge more effectively, and transfer experiences to real life
situations.
1. What is cooperative learning?
2. Why is it used?
3. How do you apply it in the classroom?
4. What are some cooperative learning techniques/strategies?
a. Discussion
i. Think-Pair-Share
ii. Three-step Interview
b. Reciprocal teaching - explain, provide feedback, and understand alternative
perspectives
i. Note-taking Pairs
ii. Jigsaw
c. Graphic organizers - discover patterns and relationships
i. Group Grid
ii. Sequence Chains
d. Writing - organize and synthesize information
i. Didactic Essay
ii. Peer Editing
e. Problem-solving - develop strategies and analysis
i. Send-a-Problem
ii. Three-Stay, One Stray
For additional cooperative learning strategies, go to the links below:
• http://serc.carleton.edu/introgeo/cooperative/index.html
• http://www.kaganonline.com/free_articles/dr_spencer_kagan/279/Kagan-Structures-
for-English-Language-Learners
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 52
Revised August, 2016
Dual Language Instructional Approach
The dual language curriculum integrates the Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol
(SIOP) Model*.
The student will be exposed to the eight interrelated SIOP learning components to facilitate
comprehensible instruction. These components are
1. Lesson preparation – A lesson that allows students to make connections
between what they know, their experiences, and the new information should be
carefully planned.
2. Background knowledge – The concepts learned should be directly related to the
students’ experiences.
3. Comprehensible input – The facilitator should use academic vocabulary
according to the students’ level of proficiency.
4. Strategies – Techniques, methods, and mental processes that improve how
students understand and retain information should be used.
5. Interaction – Students should have the opportunity to utilize language in
multiple ways across the curriculum.
6. Practice/Application – Students should have the opportunity to utilize
instructional resources to practice and apply content.
7. Lesson delivery – The facilitator should develop content and language
objectives throughout the lesson and create opportunities that involve the
students during the course of the learning process.
8. Review/Assessment – These should be utilized throughout the lesson to
determine students’ mastery of the lesson.
These instructional strategies are connected to each one of these components, allowing that the
design and presentation of a lesson address the academic and linguistic needs of second
language learners. Each lesson integrates dual language strategies and instructional
approaches that ensure students’ linguistic and academic success.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 53
Revised August, 2016
Clinical Experience Level 1 and Level 2 in the Classroom
It is the facilitator’s responsibility to provide detailed information to the student in the
following areas before beginning the clinical experiences in a school, based on the
requirements of each state:
1. Local/State Educator Accomplished Practices - Refer to your internship handbook
for specific state-related requirements and documents which will be used during
internship level 1 and level 2.
2. Local/State Teacher Standards for ESOL Endorsement - Refer to your internship
handbook for specific state-related requirements and documents which will be
used during internship level 1 and level 2.
3. Reading Endorsement Competencies - Refer to your internship handbook for
specific state-related requirements and documents which will be used during
internship level 1 and level 2.
4. National Common Core State Standards (NCCSS) or State Standards
5. The Marzano Teacher Evaluation Model, as applicable to each state
6. Marzano’s Six-Step Process for Teaching Academic Vocabulary and the Marzano
Art and Science of Teaching Framework
7. The Texas Examinations of Educator Standards™ (TExES™) and the Spanish
Language Proficiency Test - Texas only
8. Praxis I and Praxis II - Maryland only
9. Florida Teacher Certification Examination (FTCE), General Knowledge (GK)
Test, and the Subject Area Examination - Florida only
It is the facilitator’s responsibility to explain the use of the documents for the clinical
experience level 1 and level 2. These are available in Blackboard, under the Appendix Section
of the internship handbook for the student’s state of residence. Use these documents together
with the Education Internship Handbook and Education Internship Handbook for Counseling
(K-12), developed as applicable for each state.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 54
Revised August, 2016
Expediting Comprehension for English Language Learners (ExC-ELL)
Component - Vocabulary
There are three types of words that affect comprehension and academic success. (Calderón, 2011).
Tier 1 are basic words which second language learners need to communicate, read, and write. These include words that should be taught due to spelling (tough, toothache), pronunciation or confusion with homophones (ship/chip, blue/blew, sum/some), false cognates (exit, embarrassed, success), and background knowledge (skyscraper, lawnmower).
Tier 2 are information processing words that nest Tier 3 words in long sentences, polysemous words - homonyms or homographs (solution, power, table, roll, left), transition words (however, as well as, nevertheless, for instance), connectors (for cause and effect – because, due to, as a result; for contrast – but, although, in contrast; for addition or comparison – and, also, moreover), phrase clusters (scope and sequence, academic language), idioms (give me a break, walk in her shoes), and more sophisticated words for discussions and specificity in descriptions (examples of specificity for the word “talk” are argue, declare, converse).
Tier 3 are subject-specific words that label content discipline concepts, subjects, and topics. They are infrequently used academic words. Some examples are: photosynthesis, pharmacology, democracy, hemorrhage, osmosis, and autism. The facilitator will select three words from Tier 1 that will hinder comprehension of required workshop Tier 2 words and three targeted Tier 3 words critical for comprehension and learning of the concepts for the workshop. Tier 1 words must be addressed as they appear in teaching and learning activities in the classroom.
Tier 1 Simple Words
Tier 2 Information Processing
Words
Tier 3 Academic Words
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 55
Revised August, 2016
SIOP Components (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol) The dual language instructional strategies are indicated below each SIOP component (A-E). These strategies allow the design and delivery of a lesson that addresses the academic and linguistic needs of second language learners. The facilitator must select the Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach (CALLA) strategies that best align to the specific content and language objectives of the workshop and integrate them in the lesson activities to ensure maximum learning and academic performance.
Phase 1: Engage (Refer to the 5E Instructional Model diagram.) A. Lesson Preparation B. Scaffolding __ Adaptation of Content __ Modeling __ Links to Background Knowledge __ Guided Practice __ Links to Past Learning __ Independent Practice __ Incorporated Strategies __ Comprehensible Input Phase 2: Explore; Phase 3: Explain; Phase 4: Extend (Refer to the explanations of these three stages of the lesson.) CALLA Strategies (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach) The facilitator must specify the CALLA learning strategies that will be used in the lesson and explain each one to the students. Names of the Strategies __ Cognitive 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ __ Metacognitive 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ __ Social/Affective 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ C. Grouping Options D. Integration of Language Domains __ Whole Group __ Listening __ Small Group __ Speaking __ Partners __ Reading __ Independent Work __ Writing The facilitator must explain the cooperative learning techniques that will be used to the students. Phase 5: Elaboration (Refer to the explanation of this stage of the lesson.) E. Learning Application __ Dynamic __ Meaningful/Relevant __ Rigorous __ Linked to Objectives
__ Promotes Engagement
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 56
Revised August, 2016
TALLER UNO
Modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E
El modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E representa las cinco fases de la secuencia de
enseñanza y aprendizaje. Las cinco fases son: Enfocar, Explorar, Explicar, Entender,
Extender/Elaborar y Evaluar (NASA, 2013).
Fase 1: Enfocar
Esta fase pretende captar la atención y el interés del estudiante para involucrarlo en la lección,
mientras se evalúa el aprendizaje previo.
Objetivos específicos de contenido
Al terminar este taller, el estudiante será capaz de
1. Explorar los diferentes estándares de CACREP que existen en el campo de la consejería
de asuntos estudiantiles de educación superior.
2. Evaluar los estándares de CACREP y los aspectos éticos de la consejería.
3. Explicar las diferencias y similitudes que existen entre los valores y la ética profesional.
Objetivos específicos de lenguaje
Al terminar este taller, el estudiante será capaz de:
1. Escuchar: Elaborar sus propias conclusiones en cuanto a los estándares de CACREP
y los aspectos éticos de la consejería como resultado de las discusiones en clase.
2. Hablar: Participar en discusiones sobre la ética en la profesión de consejería.
3. Leer: Evaluar la información encontrada en las páginas de la Internet sobre los
estándares de CACREP.
4. Escribir: Usar buenas destrezas de escritura en español y el estilo APA en la redacción
del ensayo sobre los estándares de CACREP para la consejería de asuntos estudiantiles
de educación superior y cómo pueden ser aplicados en su experiencia de práctica.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 57
Revised August, 2016
Objetivos específicos de avalúo/evaluación
Al finalizar el curso, el facilitador habrá evaluado a los estudiantes en los siguientes renglones:
1. Evaluación: Evaluar los diferentes estándares de CACREP que existen en el campo
de la consejería de asuntos estudiantiles de educación superior.
2. Síntesis: Relacionar la importancia de desarrollar y mantener principios éticos y
morales en su relación con su cliente.
3. Análisis: Examinar los factores a considerar al ofrecer consejería a clientes de
diversas culturas.
Vocabulario técnico de la disciplina
1. ética profesional
2. valores
3. diversidad
4. consejería
5. estándares
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 58
Revised August, 2016
Expediting Comprehension for English Language Learners (ExC-ELL)
Componente - Vocabulario
Existen tres niveles de palabras que afectan la comprensión y el rendimiento académico (Calderón, 2011).
Nivel 1: Se refiere a las palabras básicas que los aprendices de un segundo idioma necesitan para comunicarse, leer y escribir. Este nivel incluye los vocablos que deben enseñarse debido a la naturaleza de su ortografía (hacienda, hipopótamo), pronunciación o confusión con los homófonos (vez y ves; hablando y ablando; sierra y cierra), falsos cognados (éxito; embarazada; suceso) y conocimientos previos (rascacielos; cortadora de césped).
Nivel 2: Trata acerca del procesamiento de los vocablos que alberga el Nivel 3 en oraciones largas, palabras polisémicas (con múltiples significados), homónimos (casa y caza), homógrafos (arroyo y arrollo), palabras/frases de transición (sin embargo; al igual que; por ejemplo), conectores lingüísticos de causa y efecto (porque; debido a; como resultado; por ende; en consecuencia). También se incluyen aquellas frases de transición que se usan para contrastar (a diferencia de; por el contrario; no obstante), para añadir ideas (además; aparte de; también) y para comparar (así como; del mismo modo). Además, se consideran los grupos de palabras (alcance y secuencia; lenguaje académico), los modismos o frases idiomáticas (dar en el clavo, ponerse en sus zapatos, con la soga al cuello) y las palabras más sofisticadas, que son apropiadas para las discusiones y descripciones específicas (ejemplos de especificidad para "hablar": discutir, declarar, conversar).
Nivel 3: Se centra en palabras, de temas específicos, que definen los conceptos de contenido de una disciplina, materias y temas. Estos vocablos académicos se utilizan con poca frecuencia, fuera del contexto académico. Algunos ejemplos son: fotosíntesis, farmacología, democracia, hemorragia, ósmosis y autismo. El facilitador seleccionará tres palabras del Nivel 1 que dificultarán la comprensión de los vocablos del taller que requiera las del Nivel 2. Escoja tres palabras del Nivel 3, que sean críticas para comprender y aprender los conceptos del taller. Las palabras del Nivel 1 deben abordarse según aparecen en las actividades de enseñanza y aprendizaje en el aula.
Nivel 1
Palabas básicas Nivel 2
Palabras sofisticadas, modismos y frases de transición
Nivel 3 Palabras académicas
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 59
Revised August, 2016
Enlaces electrónicos
El modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E
• http://bscs.org/sites/default/files/_legacy/BSCS_5E_Instructional_Model-
Executive_Summary_0.pdf
• http://faculty.mwsu.edu/west/maryann.coe/coe/inquire/inquiry.htm
Biblioteca Virtual
• http://bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu/
Diccionario de la Real Academia Española
• http://www.rae.es/
Diccionario panhispánico de dudas de la Real Academia Española
• http://rae.es/recursos/diccionarios/dpd
Fundación del Español Urgente
• http://www.fundeu.es/
CACREP
• www.cacrep.org American Psychological Association
• http://www.apa.org American Counseling Association
• www.counseling.org
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 60
Revised August, 2016
Lista de recursos suplementarios para el taller
1. Blackboard
2. Tell Me More
3. NetTutor
4. Herramientas de voz de Blackboard Collaborate
5. Biblioteca Virtual
6. e-libro
7. organizadores gráficos
Instrucciones importantes para los estudiantes
1. Lea cuidadosamente el módulo y sus apéndices, a fin de familiarizarse con el contenido.
Verifique que tenga acceso a las cuentas de SUAGM, incluyendo el E-Lab, correo
electrónico y la plataforma de Blackboard. Si necesita ayuda para manejar las cuentas
mencionadas, comuníquese con el Help Desk.
2. Antes del Taller Uno, el facilitador publicará anuncios sobre fechas importantes y otra
información del curso en Blackboard. Además, compartirá recordatorios sobre las
asignaciones, los proyectos, actividades y la importancia de completar los ejercicios
del Laboratorio de Idiomas/E-Lab durante el curso. Lea esta información con
frecuencia a lo largo del curso.
3. Durante el Taller Uno, el facilitador explicará el Digital Performance Portfolio
Assessment Handbook que se encuentra en Blackboard. Dicho documento contiene
instrucciones detalladas para completar el portafolio digital eficazmente. Familiarícese
con dicho manual.
4. Durante el Taller Uno, el facilitador explicará el Education Internship Handbook que
se encuentra disponible en Blackboard. Dicho documento contiene instrucciones
detalladas sobre el proceso de práctica docente y los formularios necesarios para
completar dicho trámite eficazmente.
5. Utilice la herramienta NetTutor para revisar sus trabajos escritos, antes de enviarlos al
facilitador. Dicho recurso revisa los principios de redacción y la gramática de lo que
usted escribe y le ofrece retroalimentación.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 61
Revised August, 2016
6. El facilitador enviará los trabajos escritos a SafeAssignTM para detectar casos de plagio.
Limite el uso de información copiada directamente de la Internet, utilice el estilo APA
mencione las referencias.
7. El estudiante puede enviar una asignación a través de SafeAssignTM, si el facilitador la
configura previamente.
8. Si tiene preguntas sobre las asignaciones, actividades o el contenido, aclárelas con el
facilitador por medio de la herramienta Voice E-mail de Blackboard (herramienta del
E-Lab para enviar mensajes de voz).
9. Finalmente, es muy importante que entienda la importancia de dominar los temas de
aprendizaje. Es necesario que consulte continuamente diccionarios y otros recursos de
apoyo. El dominio pleno de los conocimientos adquiridos en cada taller es necesario
para las clases subsiguientes. De esta manera, el estudiante seguirá puliendo el proceso
de aprendizaje. Procure prestar atención a las actividades de lenguaje. Recuerde que
el 30 % de su calificación semanal y final depende de las competencias lingüísticas que
demuestre en inglés y español (según el idioma del taller) y 70 % de la calificación
semanal y final recae en el dominio del contenido del curso.
Asignaciones que realizará antes del taller
1. Es muy importante que se familiarice con el Education Internship Handbook, que
se encuentra en Blackboard, y anote cualquier pregunta que tenga. El facilitador
contestará sus dudas en el primer taller.
2. Comience el glosario del curso con los conceptos detallados en la sección
Vocabulario técnico de la disciplina; siga las instrucciones del facilitador.
3. Utilice la Biblioteca Virtual, el Internet y otros recursos académicos del E-Lab,
como libros electrónicos, para investigar sobre los siguientes temas. Resuma por
escrito, y llegue preparado para discutir, la importancia que tienen los mismos para
usted, como profesional docente:
a. Marzano Teacher Evaluation Model b. Marzano’s Six-Step Process for Teaching Academic Vocabulary
c. Marzano Art and Science of Teaching Framework
4. El facilitador creará un foro de discusión oral en la herramienta Voice Board de
Blackboard. En dicho foro, el estudiante elaborará de qué forma podría su familia,
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 62
Revised August, 2016
bagaje cultural o experiencias previas influir en su identidad como consejero
profesional. El resto de la clase reaccionará oralmente a por lo menos tres
comentarios de los compañeros.
5. Escriba un ensayo (número de páginas determinado por el facilitador) sobre los
estándares de CACREP para la consejería de asuntos estudiantiles de educación
superior y cómo pueden ser aplicados en su experiencia de práctica. Asegúrese de
redactar según APA, incluya las citas y referencias y envíelo a NetTutor para recibir
retroalimentación. El facilitador enviará los trabajos escritos a SafeAssignTM para
detectar casos de plagio.
6. Prepare un diagrama Venn que represente las diferencias y similitudes que existen
entre los valores y la ética profesional. Prepárese para participar en una actividad
colaborativa en clase.
7. El facilitador creará un foro de discusión escrita, en la herramienta Discussion
Board. En dicho foro los alumnos contestarán y elaborarán la siguiente pregunta:
a. ¿Qué tipos de situaciones personales podrían afectar la ética profesional?
8. Luego de tomar la prueba diagnóstica, vaya a Tell Me More y comience a trabajar
los ejercicios que se han diseñado para desarrollar sus destrezas lingüísticas en
español.
9. Empiece a preparar el portafolio digital; siga las instrucciones estipuladas en el
Digital Performance Portfolio Assessment Handbook que se encuentra en
Blackboard.
10. Defina los siguientes conceptos en sus propias palabras y no copie las
definiciones directamente de ningún diccionario u otro recurso:
a. consejería,
b. valores,
c. ética profesional,
d. estándares y
e. diversidad.
11. Examine los estándares de CACREP y evalúe cómo se aplican al campo de la
consejería de asuntos estudiantiles de educación superior. Tome apuntes de los
conceptos más importantes.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 63
Revised August, 2016
12. Explore la influencia de los estándares de CACREP en los aspectos éticos de la
consejería.
13. Escriba un párrafo explicando la importancia de desarrollar y mantener principios
éticos y morales en su relación con su cliente.
14. Describa en forma de bosquejo tres factores a considerar al ofrecer consejería a
clientes de diversas culturas.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 64
Revised August, 2016
Componentes de SIOP (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol)
Las estrategias de instrucción bilingüe aparecen debajo de cada componente de SIOP (A-E). Estas estrategias permiten diseñar e impartir una lección que responda a las necesidades académicas y lingüísticas de los estudiantes que aprenden un segundo idioma. El facilitador debe seleccionar las estrategias de Enfoque Académico Cognitivo de Aprendizaje de Idioma (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach, conocido como CALLA por sus siglas en inglés), que mejor correspondan a los objetivos específicos de contenido y lenguaje del taller, para integrarlas en las actividades de manera que los alumnos puedan obtener el máximo provecho académico. Fase 1: Enfocar (Refiérase al diagrama del modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E.) A. Preparación de la lección B. Andamiaje (Scaffolding)
__ Adaptación de contenido __ Modelaje __ Enlaces con el conocimiento previo __ Práctica dirigida __ Enlaces con el aprendizaje previo __ Práctica independiente __ Estrategias incorporadas __ Entrada (input) comprensible Fase 2: Explorar; Fase 3: Explicar; Fase 4: Extender (Refiérase a las explicaciones de estas tres etapas de la lección). Estrategias de CALLA (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach) El facilitador debe especificar las estrategias que usará en cada lección y explicarlas a los estudiantes. Nombres de las estrategias __ Cognitiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ __ Metacognitiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ __ Socioafectiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ C. Opciones de agrupamiento D. Integración de las artes del lenguaje __ Grupo completo __ Escuchar __ Grupos pequeños __ Hablar __ Trabajo en pares __ Leer __ Trabajo independiente __ Escribir El facilitador debe explicar las técnicas de colaboración que utilizará en clase. Fase 5: Elaboración (Refiérase a la explicación de esta etapa de la lección.) E. Aplicación de aprendizaje __ Dinámica __ Significativa y relevante __ Rigurosa __ Vinculada a los objetivos __ Promueve la participación
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 65
Revised August, 2016
Esta sección del módulo corresponde a las siguientes tres fases del modelo de instrucción
constructivista de las 5E:
Fase 2: Explorar
En esta fase el facilitador involucra al estudiante en uno o varios temas de acuerdo con los
objetivos del curso. Esto permite que el alumno construya su propio conocimiento.
Fase 3: Explicar
El facilitador provee al estudiante la oportunidad de comunicar lo que ha aprendido, lo que
significa y cómo lo aplicará a su carrera profesional.
Fase 4: Elaborar
El facilitador promueve que el alumno aplique los conocimientos nuevos y explore sus
implicaciones en su área de especialidad.
Actividades integradas de contenido y lenguaje para lograr los objetivos del taller
1. El facilitador realizará las siguientes actividades:
a. Diseñará una actividad, puede ser rompehielos, para captar la participación de
todos los estudiantes.
b. Proveerá a los estudiantes su información de contacto, y se elegirá al
representante estudiantil.
c. Determinará las fechas en las que se administrarán las dos pruebas parciales.
Los alumnos son responsables de cumplir con lo que estipule el facilitador.
2. El facilitador explicará detenidamente los requisitos del curso, se asegurará de que
el estudiante entienda las expectativas del mismo y sepa cómo se evaluará su
desempeño. El facilitador realizará lo siguiente:
a. Describirá el modelo bilingüe y acelerado, el cual se implementa a lo largo
del currículo, los objetivos del curso, el proceso de evaluación, los
apéndices y la integración de las herramientas del E-Lab. Igualmente
explicará el uso del módulo como herramienta principal del curso, las
asignaciones, políticas y otras normas que regirán el desarrollo de la clase.
Además, contestará las preguntas de los alumnos.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 66
Revised August, 2016
b. Demostrará la utilidad y funcionalidad de las herramientas del Laboratorio
de Idiomas/E-Lab; también explicará cómo las incorporará en clase para el
beneficio de los estudiantes. Además, utilizará las herramientas de
Blackboard Collaborate (Voice Board, Voice E-mail y Voice Podcaster)
para establecer las actividades orales sobre los temas del taller. El
facilitador explicará cómo se usan dichas herramientas. Igualmente, es
responsable de crear los foros de discusión y el resto de las áreas que se
requieren en Blackboard. De la misma forma, utilizará las herramientas del
E-Lab para compartir las asignaciones.
c. Contestará las preguntas que los estudiantes tengan sobre el Education
Internship Handbook que se encuentra en Blackboard. El estudiante es
responsable de cumplir todas las directrices de dicho manual.
d. Aclarará las directrices y dudas sobre el Digital Performance Portfolio
Assessment Handbook que se encuentra en Blackboard. Semanalmente, el
alumno es responsable de completar las tareas pendientes hasta cumplir con
todos los requisitos e instrucciones del manual y del facilitador.
3. El facilitador preparará una actividad constructivista para repasar las asignaciones
que los estudiantes completaron antes del taller y para comprobar que entendieron
el material. Habrá oportunidad para aclarar dudas. Todas las actividades de lectura
y escritura tienen que estar relacionadas con el vocabulario técnico del taller.
4. El facilitador dividirá la clase en tres grupos y les asignará sendos (uno a cada uno)
temas de investigación de la siguiente lista. (El facilitador podrá diseñar un
ejercicio creativo que gire en torno al mismo material de esta actividad).
a. Grupo 1 – Marzano Teacher Evaluation Model
b. Grupo 2 - Marzano’s Six-Step Process for Teaching Academic Vocabulary
c. Grupo 3 – Marzano Art and Science of Teaching Framework
Cada grupo presentará un informe oral, sobre el tema que se le asignó; el facilitador
determinará la duración de la conferencia que brindarán. Además, resaltará la
importancia que tiene para el profesional docente e incluirá la información
específica que indique el facilitador. Los estudiantes deberán referirse a los
resúmenes que escribieron como asignación antes del taller. El facilitador utilizará
la rúbrica del Apéndice H: Rúbrica de Presentación Oral y Audiovisual
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 67
Revised August, 2016
Individual/Grupal que se encuentra en la sección de apéndices. El facilitador es
responsable de explicar la rúbrica y la manera en que evaluará a los alumnos.
5. El facilitador llevará a cabo un ejercicio de pronunciación para repasar los conceptos
del vocabulario clave de la disciplina. Estas actividades se realizan para desarrollar
solamente las destrezas de comunicación oral. Por lo tanto, no se les añaden
actividades escritas. El facilitador utilizará los siguientes siete pasos para enseñar el
vocabulario como actividad inicial del taller:
a. El facilitador pronunciará la palabra y los estudiantes la repetirán tres
veces.
b. El facilitador usará el vocablo en el contexto de enseñanza, del artículo
o de la lectura que utiliza en clase.
c. El facilitador definirá el concepto según el diccionario, artículo o texto
que estudien.
d. El facilitador explicará sencillamente el significado del término para
que el alumno lo entienda; empleará un lenguaje básico, claro y familiar
para los estudiantes.
e. El facilitador se enfocará en algunos aspectos lingüísticos, tales como
la gramática, el deletreo y la polisemia, entre otros.
f. El facilitador involucrará a los estudiantes en actividades que fomenten
el desarrollo de destrezas y el dominio del vocabulario, dentro del
contexto de la disciplina de estudio. El facilitador reagrupará a los
estudiantes en parejas. Cada tándem (pareja) participará en la actividad
conocida como tenis de mesa (ping pong) en la que cada participante
creará una oración a la que aplicará la palabra del vocabulario, según el
contexto que estudió.
g. El facilitador indicará cómo y cuándo los estudiantes utilizarán el
vocabulario en el resto de las actividades de lectura y escritura del taller.
6. El facilitador explicará a los estudiantes cómo completar el documento de E-Lab
que aparece en el Apéndice D.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 68
Revised August, 2016
7. Los alumnos trabajarán en pequeños grupos para compartir los diagramas Venn
que prepararon antes del taller sobre las diferencias y similitudes que existen entre
los valores y la ética profesional. Presentarán sus hallazgos a la clase.
a. Cada grupo llegará a un consenso sobre el organizador o los organizadores
que mejor expliquen la información.
b. El autor/los autores de los organizadores lo presentarán y explicarán a la
clase.
8. El facilitador dividirá la clase en pequeños grupos. Los alumnos compartirán sus
definiciones del vocabulario asignado por el facilitador antes del taller y crearán
un organizador gráfico para explicar cada término. Cada grupo presentará y
explicará sus organizadores a la clase.
9. El facilitador realizará una discusión sobre los estándares de CACREP y cómo se
aplican al campo de la consejería de asuntos estudiantiles de educación superior.
Los estudiantes se referirá a los apuntes que tomaron antes del taller para
contribuir información importante a dicha discusión.
10. El facilitador le pedirá a los estudiantes que se dividan en pares y en conjunto
crearán un mapa conceptual explicando la influencia de los estándares de
CACREP en los aspectos éticos de la consejería. Cada pareja compartirá su mapa
conceptual con el resto de la clase.
11. El facilitador dirigirá a los estudiantes para crear una lista de los factores más
importantes a considerar al ofrecer consejería a clientes de diversas culturas. Los
alumnos se referirán a los bosquejos escritos antes del taller sobre este tema.
12. Los estudiantes se referirán a los ensayos escritos antes del taller para participar en
una discusión dirigida por el facilitador sobre los estándares de CACREP para la
consejería de asuntos estudiantiles de educación superior y cómo pueden ser aplicados
en su experiencia de internado.
13. Los alumnos compartirán con un colega el párrafo que escribieron antes del taller
sobre la importancia de desarrollar y mantener principios éticos y morales en su
relación con su cliente. Crearán una lista de los cinco conceptos más importantes
que aprendieron al discutir su información y la compartirán con el resto de la
clase.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 69
Revised August, 2016
14. El facilitador escogerá uno de los temas del curso para que los estudiantes contesten
las primeras tres columnas del diagrama que se encuentra en el Apéndice K:
KWHLAQ Chart. Es necesario que los alumnos vayan llenando el resto de las
columnas a lo largo del curso, de manera que las discutan en la última semana.
15. El facilitador explicará detalladamente los Apéndices V, W, y DD sobre el proyecto
final.
a. Indicará que la Actividad 1 será entregada en español en el Taller Siete y la
Actividad 2 será entregada en inglés en el Taller Ocho.
b. Los alumnos compartirán un breve resumen de cada actividad con el resto
de la clase en los respectivos talleres.
c. También prepararán una presentación en PowerPoint con seis diapositivas:
Las primeras tres resumirán la Actividad 1 y los otros tres resumirán la
Actividad 2 del proyecto final. Explicarán dicha presentación en el Taller
Ocho.
d. Cada estudiante será responsable de cumplir con los requisitos detallados
en todos los apéndices referentes al proyecto final.
16. El facilitador explicará detalladamente todos los documentos relacionados con la
práctica que se encuentran en la sección de los apéndices. Los estudiantes son
responsables de cumplir con la entrega de cada uno de los documentos en el tiempo
requerido.
17. Finalmente, el facilitador mencionará y aclarará las tareas que realizarán antes del
próximo taller.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 70
Revised August, 2016
Fase 5: Evaluar
A través de la evaluación, el facilitador se asegurará de que los alumnos hayan aprendido el
material del taller y hayan alcanzado las metas educacionales.
Evaluación - etapa final del modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E (diferenciada por
los niveles del dominio de un segundo idioma)
1. Individual: Diseño preciso de un diagrama de Venn que explique las diferencias y
similitudes que existen entre los valores y la ética profesional.
2. Grupal: Colaboración en equipo y/o parejas para discutir las definiciones de los
términos asignados por el facilitador y la influencia de los estándares de CACREP en
los aspectos éticos de la consejería.
3. Escrita: Demostración de buenas destrezas de escritura en español y el estilo APA en
la redacción del ensayo sobre los estándares de CACREP para la consejería de asuntos
estudiantiles de educación superior y cómo pueden ser aplicados en su experiencia de
práctica.
4. Oral/Auditiva: Presentación y explicación a la clase de las palabras de vocabulario
asignadas utilizando organizadores gráficos.
Cierre del taller
1. Individual: Los estudiantes escribirán su autorreflexión basado en la(s) pregunta(s) que
escojan o se les asigne en el Apéndice I.
2. Grupal: Los estudiantes discutirán en grupo los aspectos morales de la consejería de
educación superior.
3. Aplicación de nuevo conocimiento: Cada estudiante elegirá uno de los aspectos éticos
en la consejería y explicará a la clase cómo lo aplicará específicamente en su profesión.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 71
Revised August, 2016
WORKSHOP TWO
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model represents the five phases of the teaching and
learning sequence. The five phases are: Engage, Explore, Explain, Extend/Elaborate, and
Evaluate (NASA, 2013).
Phase 1: Engage
This phase aims to get the students’ attention and generate their interest in order to engage
them in the lesson, while assessing the previous learning.
Specific Content Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the student will be able to
1. Explain the basic concepts of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974
(20 U.S.C. § 1232g), popularly known as the Buckley Amendment or FERPA.
2. Evaluate the difference between confidentiality and privacy.
3. Examine the importance of keeping student records confidential.
Specific Language Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the student will be able to:
1. Listen: Listen attentively to his/her colleague’s contributions to the oral discussion
forum on the importance of confidentiality as a counselor, in order to react to said
comments in a manner that reflects critical and analytical thinking and netiquette.
2. Speak: Demonstrate effective collaborative and role-playing skills, as well as correct
Standard English, in the preparation and delivery of the presentation on the importance
of confidentiality or the importance of the client’s privacy.
3. Read: Examine the Internet and reliable academic resources to find information on
reasons or situations in which a counselor can be sued and on the Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 72
Revised August, 2016
4. Write: Use APA style and correct Standard English to write an essay on the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act, including all of the information indicated by the
facilitator.
Specific Assessment Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the facilitator will have evaluated the student’s
competencies as follows:
1. Evaluation: Evaluate the importance of confidentiality and client’s privacy in the
counseling profession.
2. Synthesis: Design graphic organizers that explain the major concepts they learned
from their research and from one another’s essays on FERPA.
3. Analysis: Analyze the reasons when a counselor could be liable and, consequently, be
sued.
Technical Vocabulary of the Discipline –
1. liability
2. privacy
3. educational rights
4. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)
5. confidentiality
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 73
Revised August, 2016
Expediting Comprehension for English Language Learners (ExC-ELL)
Component - Vocabulary
There are three types of words that affect comprehension and academic success. (Calderón, 2011).
Tier 1 are basic words which second language learners need to communicate, read, and write. These include words that should be taught due to spelling (tough, toothache), pronunciation or confusion with homophones (ship/chip, blue/blew, sum/some), false cognates (exit, embarrassed, success), and background knowledge (skyscraper, lawnmower).
Tier 2 are information processing words that nest Tier 3 words in long sentences, polysemous words - homonyms or homographs (solution, power, table, roll, left), transition words (however, as well as, nevertheless, for instance), connectors (for cause and effect – because, due to, as a result; for contrast – but, although, in contrast; for addition or comparison – and, also, moreover), phrase clusters (scope and sequence, academic language), idioms (give me a break, walk in her shoes), and more sophisticated words for discussions and specificity in descriptions (examples of specificity for the word “talk” are argue, declare, converse).
Tier 3 are subject-specific words that label content discipline concepts, subjects, and topics. They are infrequently used academic words. Some examples are: photosynthesis, pharmacology, democracy, hemorrhage, osmosis, and autism. The facilitator will select three words from Tier 1 that will hinder comprehension of required workshop Tier 2 words and three targeted Tier 3 words critical for comprehension and learning of the concepts for the workshop. Tier 1 words must be addressed as they appear in teaching and learning activities in the classroom.
Tier 1 Simple Words
Tier 2 Information Processing
Words
Tier 3 Academic Words
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 74
Revised August, 2016
Electronic Links
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model • http://bscs.org/sites/default/files/_legacy/BSCS_5E_Instructional_Model-
Executive_Summary_0.pdf
• http://faculty.mwsu.edu/west/maryann.coe/coe/inquire/inquiry.htm
Virtual Library
• http://bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu/
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)
• http://www2.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/ferpa/index.html
• http://www.cpacinc.org/materials-publications/legal-rights/family-educational-rights-
and-privacy-act-ferpa-the-buckley-amendment-parents%E2%80%99-and-
students%E2%80%99-rights-to-school-records/
Educational Rights
• http://www.help4adhd.org/education/rights
• http://www.pbs.org/parents/education/learning-disabilities/special-education-and-
ieps/educational-rights-of-children-with-disabilities/educational-rights-overview/
• https://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/20/1232g
Confidentiality
• http://evergreen.edu/registration/confidentiality.htm
List of Supplementary Materials for the Workshop
1. Blackboard
2. Tell Me More
3. NetTutor
4. Blackboard Collaborate Voice Authoring tools
5. Virtual Library
6. e-books
7. Venn diagram
8. Discussion Board
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 75
Revised August, 2016
Assignments to Be Completed Prior to the Workshop
1. Follow the facilitator’s instructions to work on your glossary for the words detailed in
the Technical Vocabulary of the Discipline section.
2. Using the Virtual Library, E-Lab, Internet, and other academic resources, research
information on three reasons or situations in which a counselor can be sued. Take
appropriate notes that can be helpful for class discussion and for study.
3. The facilitator will create an oral discussion forum using the Voice Board tool in
Blackboard. Students will orally discuss the importance of confidentiality as a
counselor and react to the comments of at least three colleagues.
4. Write an essay (number of pages determined by the facilitator) about the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (20 U.S.C. § 1232g), popularly known as
the Buckley Amendment or FERPA, including the information indicated by the
facilitator. Be sure to use APA style, include bibliographic citations and references,
and submit the essay to NetTutor for feedback. The facilitator will send written works
to SafeAssignTM to check for plagiarism.
5. Prepare a Venn diagram comparing and contrasting the terms confidentiality and
privacy. Be prepared to participate in a cooperative learning activity in class.
6. The facilitator will create a written discussion forum using the Discussion Board tool
in Blackboard. Students will answer the following questions:
a. How can your values, experiences, and preferences affect a counseling session?
b. How can a counselor’s biased opinion interfere with the counseling process?
7. Continue working on the organization and completion of the digital portfolio following
the guidelines stipulated in the Digital Performance Portfolio Assessment Handbook.
8. Go to Tell Me More and continue working on the interactive exercises designed to
develop/improve linguistic skills in English. Submit the document found in Appendix
E: Language Lab/E-Lab Documentation, indicating the amount of time spent working
on the Language Lab/E-Lab activities and exercises.
9. Research information on the exemptions to confidentiality in counseling and write a
paragraph summarizing your findings.
10. Explore the ways in which a counselor is liable and could be sued. Bring your findings
to class.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 76
Revised August, 2016
11. Prepare a work schedule, ensuring that the schedule is clear and explicit and that the
supervisor knows when you will be in the setting each week. Inform your site
supervisor well in advance if there are dates when you plan to be away from campus or
have other commitments during regularly scheduled hours or days. Share your schedule
with your faculty supervisor.
12. Follow all of the instructions stipulated in the Education Internship Handbook
regarding the timely completion and submission of the required practicum forms.
Clarify any doubts with the facilitator.
13. Coordinate your first supervisory visit to the site and review with your faculty
supervisor the
Form(s) which must be completed at this time.
14. Prepare an outline describing your student affairs department; include information on
policies and procedures, as well as any new terms learned at your practicum this week.
15. Compose a personal journal that describes your practicum experiences during the past
week. Include meetings, tasks accomplished, conversations, services rendered, and any
other relevant information.
16. Review Appendices V, W, and DD on the final project and ensure compliance with all
of the requirements for its accurate completion.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 77
Revised August, 2016
SIOP Components (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol) The dual language instructional strategies are indicated below each SIOP component (A-E). These strategies allow the design and delivery of a lesson that addresses the academic and linguistic needs of second language learners. The facilitator must select the Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach (CALLA) strategies that best align to the specific content and language objectives of the workshop and integrate them in the lesson activities to ensure maximum learning and academic performance.
Phase 1: Engage (Refer to the 5E Instructional Model diagram.) A. Lesson Preparation B. Scaffolding __ Adaptation of Content __ Modeling __ Links to Background Knowledge __ Guided Practice __ Links to Past Learning __ Independent Practice __ Incorporated Strategies __ Comprehensible Input Phase 2: Explore; Phase 3: Explain; Phase 4: Extend (Refer to the explanations of these three stages of the lesson.) CALLA Strategies (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach) The facilitator must specify the CALLA learning strategies that will be used in the lesson and explain each one to the students. Names of the Strategies __ Cognitive 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ __ Metacognitive 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ __ Social/Affective 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ C. Grouping Options D. Integration of Language Domains __ Whole Group __ Listening __ Small Group __ Speaking __ Partners __ Reading __ Independent Work __ Writing The facilitator must explain the cooperative learning techniques that will be used to the students. Phase 5: Elaboration (Refer to the explanation of this stage of the lesson.) E. Learning Application __ Dynamic __ Meaningful/Relevant __ Rigorous __ Linked to Objectives
__ Promotes Engagement
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 78
Revised August, 2016
This section of the module corresponds to the following three phases of The 5E
Constructivist Instructional Model:
Phase 2: Explore
The facilitator engages the students in one or more topics in accordance with the course
objectives, allowing them to construct their own knowledge, discover new skills, and
examine their thinking.
Phase 3: Explain
The facilitator provides students with the opportunity to connect their prior knowledge to
new learning, and share what they have learned, its meaning, and how they will apply this
knowledge in their professional lives.
Phase 4: Elaborate
The facilitator encourages students to apply their new knowledge to new or similar situations
and continue to explore its implications in their area of expertise.
Integrated Content and Language Activities to Achieve the Objectives of the Workshop
1. The facilitator will lead the class in a review of the topics covered in the previous
workshop to ensure students’ comprehension.
2. The facilitator will prepare a constructivist activity to review the assignments
completed by the students prior to the workshop and to ensure student comprehension.
All the reading and writing activities must be linked to the technical vocabulary of the
discipline of the workshop.
3. The facilitator will conduct a pronunciation exercise for the technical vocabulary of the
discipline of the workshop. This activity is designed to develop/enhance oral skills,
and it does not involve written activities. The facilitator will use the following seven
steps to teach the vocabulary as the initial activity of the workshop:
a. The facilitator pronounces the word and asks students to repeat it at least three
times.
b. The facilitator uses the word in context from a text used in class.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 79
Revised August, 2016
c. The facilitator provides the dictionary definition/definitions as it/they appear in
the text used in class.
d. The facilitator explains the meaning using terminology that can be understood
by the students (student-friendly language).
e. The facilitator highlights specific linguistic aspects, such as grammar, spelling,
polysemy, and others.
f. The facilitator engages the students in an activity designed to develop word
knowledge skills and the application of the concept to the profession. The
facilitator divides the students in pairs to engage in a “ping pong” activity, in
which each partner provides sentences using the word in context.
g. The facilitator indicates how and when to use the vocabulary required during
the reading and writing activities of the workshop.
4. The students will continue filling out the last three columns of the KWHLAQ Chart
found in Appendix K on the topic determined by the facilitator in Workshop One.
Remember that this assignment will be discussed in the last workshop. 5. Students will work independently to answer practice questions provided by the
facilitator, related to the state exam for teachers and/or the National Counselor
Examination for Licensure and Certification (NCE). The facilitator will lead the class
in a discussion to review their answers, providing an explanation for each. The
facilitator will provide feedback, clarify doubts, and answer questions.
6. The facilitator will conduct a whole class discussion on reasons or situations in which
a counselor can be sued. Students will refer to the notes taken prior to the workshop to
contribute valuable and useful information to the discussion.
7. Students will work in small groups to share the highlights of their essays written prior
to the workshop on the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), including
the information previously indicated by the facilitator.
a. Each group will prepare five graphic organizers of their choice explaining the
major concepts they learned from their research and from one another’s essays.
b. Feedback and question and answer sessions will follow each group
presentation.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 80
Revised August, 2016
8. Students will actively participate in a whole class discussion comparing and contrasting
the terms confidentiality and privacy. They will refer to the Venn diagrams prepared
prior to the workshop. 9. The facilitator will then divide the class into two groups. One group will discuss,
present, and evaluate the importance of confidentiality, and the other group will
discuss, present, and evaluate the importance of the client’s privacy. Both groups will
use role-playing techniques to deliver their presentations and dramatize specific
scenarios and examples.
10. Students will divide in pairs and share and discuss the paragraphs written prior to the
workshop on a counselor’s confidentiality exemptions. Each set of partners will
formulate a hypothetical example of such a situation and describe it to the class.
Students will give and receive feedback from one another. 11. Students will work in small groups to share information from their personal journals,
describing their practicum experiences during the past week and including meetings,
tasks accomplished, conversations, services rendered, and any other relevant
information and share their practicum experiences
a. In addition, they will discuss information about their student affairs
departments, including information on policies and procedures, as well as any
new terms learned at their practicum this week.
b. Students will summarize their findings, and a spokesperson for each group will
share this information with the whole class.
12. In the same small groups indicated above, students will also discuss cases from their
experiences at the practice center. They will reach a consensus on one specific case
and present it to the class for analysis
13. Students will submit all documents and forms required at this time for the facilitator’s
signature.
14. The facilitator will discuss and clarify doubts regarding the assignments due prior to
the next workshop.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 81
Revised August, 2016
Phase 5: Evaluate
The facilitator uses different assessments to ensure that the students have understood the topics
of the workshop and have progressed towards the attainment of their educational goals.
Assessment – final phase of The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model (differentiated by
second language proficiency levels)
1. Individual: Accurate completion of a Venn diagram distinguishing between
confidentiality and privacy.
2. Group: Effective group collaboration in the preparation, presentation, and explanation
of the graphic organizers on the major concepts they learned from their research and
from one another’s essays on the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).
3. Written: Use of APA style and correct Standard English in the completion of the essay
on the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, including all the information
indicated by the facilitator. 4. Oral: Demonstration of appropriate speaking skills in the presentations of the graphic
organizers on the major concepts they learned from their research and from one
another’s essays on the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).
Lesson Wrap-Up
1. Individual: Students will write a self-reflection on one or more of the questions found
in Appendix I: Self-Reflection which either they or the facilitator selects. 2. Group: In a whole class discussion, students will discuss the strengths and weaknesses
they observed in themselves in their practicum experience. They will provide
productive feedback to one another.
3. Application of New Knowledge: The facilitator will have prepared beforehand slips
of paper with a different topic or concept covered in this workshop written on each one.
Each student will select one paper at random and specifically share how he/she will
apply that topic/concept in his/her field of work.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 82
Revised August, 2016
TALLER TRES
Modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E
El modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E representa las cinco fases de la secuencia de
enseñanza y aprendizaje. Las cinco fases son: Enfocar, Explorar, Explicar, Entender,
Extender/Elaborar y Evaluar (NASA, 2013).
Fase 1: Enfocar
Esta fase pretende captar la atención y el interés del estudiante para involucrarlo en la lección,
mientras se evalúa el aprendizaje previo.
Objetivos específicos de contenido
Al terminar este taller, el estudiante será capaz de
1. Explorar el rol del consejero en su centro de práctica.
2. Evaluar los aspectos desafiantes que han tenido hasta ahora en su experiencia de
práctica.
3. Explicar las cuatro etapas del ciclo de aprendizaje del modelo de aprendizaje
experimental de Kolb.
Objetivos específicos de lenguaje
Al terminar este taller, el estudiante será capaz de:
1. Escuchar: Escuchar con atención los comentarios de los compañeros en el foro de
discusión oral sobre los estilos de aprendizaje de Kolb, para poder reaccionar a dichos
comentarios demostrando netiqueta y pensamiento crítico y analítico.
2. Hablar: Demostrar nuevos conocimientos, pensamiento crítico y analítico y aplicación
del vocabulario técnico de la disciplina durante las discusiones sobre el rol del
consejero de asuntos estudiantiles en la educación superior y durante la presentación
acerca de una de las etapas del ciclo de aprendizaje del modelo de aprendizaje
experimental de Kolb y uno o más de sus estilos de aprendizaje, según asignado por el
facilitador.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 83
Revised August, 2016
3. Leer: Examinar recursos confiables para buscar información sobre los estilos de
aprendizaje de Kolb y las cuatro etapas de su ciclo de aprendizaje para poder realizar
eficazmente las asignaciones requeridas para el taller.
4. Escribir: Redactar un ensayo que explique las cuatro etapas del ciclo de aprendizaje
del modelo de aprendizaje experimental de Kolb.
Objetivos específicos de avalúo/evaluación
Al finalizar el curso, el facilitador habrá evaluado a los estudiantes en los siguientes renglones:
1. Evaluación: Comparar los diferentes estilos de aprendizaje de Kolb y saber cómo
aplicarlos a su experiencia de práctica.
2. Síntesis: Explicar las cuatro etapas del ciclo de aprendizaje del modelo de aprendizaje
experimental de Kolb.
3. Análisis: Examinar el rol y las funciones del consejero de una institución de educación
superior.
Vocabulario técnico de la disciplina
1. estilos de aprendizaje
2. rol del consejero
3. ciclo de aprendizaje
4. asuntos estudiantiles
5. consejería de educación superior
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 84
Revised August, 2016
Expediting Comprehension for English Language Learners (ExC-ELL)
Componente - Vocabulario
Existen tres niveles de palabras que afectan la comprensión y el rendimiento académico (Calderón, 2011).
Nivel 1: Se refiere a las palabras básicas que los aprendices de un segundo idioma necesitan para comunicarse, leer y escribir. Este nivel incluye los vocablos que deben enseñarse debido a la naturaleza de su ortografía (hacienda, hipopótamo), pronunciación o confusión con los homófonos (vez y ves; hablando y ablando; sierra y cierra), falsos cognados (éxito; embarazada; suceso) y conocimientos previos (rascacielos; cortadora de césped).
Nivel 2: Trata acerca del procesamiento de los vocablos que alberga el Nivel 3 en oraciones largas, palabras polisémicas (con múltiples significados), homónimos (casa y caza), homógrafos (arroyo y arrollo), palabras/frases de transición (sin embargo; al igual que; por ejemplo), conectores lingüísticos de causa y efecto (porque; debido a; como resultado; por ende; en consecuencia). También se incluyen aquellas frases de transición que se usan para contrastar (a diferencia de; por el contrario; no obstante), para añadir ideas (además; aparte de; también) y para comparar (así como; del mismo modo). Además, se consideran los grupos de palabras (alcance y secuencia; lenguaje académico), los modismos o frases idiomáticas (dar en el clavo, ponerse en sus zapatos, con la soga al cuello) y las palabras más sofisticadas, que son apropiadas para las discusiones y descripciones específicas (ejemplos de especificidad para "hablar": discutir, declarar, conversar).
Nivel 3: Se centra en palabras, de temas específicos, que definen los conceptos de contenido de una disciplina, materias y temas. Estos vocablos académicos se utilizan con poca frecuencia, fuera del contexto académico. Algunos ejemplos son: fotosíntesis, farmacología, democracia, hemorragia, ósmosis y autismo. El facilitador seleccionará tres palabras del Nivel 1 que dificultarán la comprensión de los vocablos del taller que requiera las del Nivel 2. Escoja tres palabras del Nivel 3, que sean críticas para comprender y aprender los conceptos del taller. Las palabras del Nivel 1 deben abordarse según aparecen en las actividades de enseñanza y aprendizaje en el aula.
Nivel 1
Palabas básicas Nivel 2
Palabras sofisticadas, modismos y frases de transición
Nivel 3 Palabras académicas
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 85
Revised August, 2016
Enlaces electrónicos
El modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E
• http://bscs.org/sites/default/files/_legacy/BSCS_5E_Instructional_Model-
Executive_Summary_0.pdf
• http://faculty.mwsu.edu/west/maryann.coe/coe/inquire/inquiry.htm
Biblioteca Virtual
• http://bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu/
Diccionario de la Real Academia Española
• http://www.rae.es/
Diccionario panhispánico de dudas de la Real Academia Española
• http://rae.es/recursos/diccionarios/dpd
Fundación del Español Urgente
• http://www.fundeu.es/
Modelo de aprendizaje de Kolb
• http://www.cca.org.mx/profesores/cursos/cep21/modulo_2/modelo_kolb.htm
• https://sites.google.com/site/estilosdeaprendizajeitt/home/modelo-de-kolb
• http://inspvirtual.mx/espm30/alumnos/kolb.php
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 86
Revised August, 2016
Lista de recursos suplementarios para el taller
1. Blackboard
2. Tell Me More
3. NetTutor
4. Herramientas de voz de Blackboard Collaborate
5. Biblioteca Virtual
6. e-libro
7. organizadores gráficos
Asignaciones que realizará antes del taller:
1. Continúe trabajando en su glosario del curso con los conceptos detallados en la sección
“Vocabulario técnico de la disciplina”; siga las instrucciones del facilitador.
2. Utilice la Biblioteca Virtual, el Internet y otros recursos académicos del E-Lab, como
libros electrónicos, para investigar sobre los estilos de aprendizaje de Kolb. Prepare un
resumen o un bosquejo y llévelo a clases para contribuir a la discusión del material y
aclarar dudas.
3. El facilitador creará un foro de discusión oral en la herramienta Voice Board de
Blackboard. En dicho foro, el estudiante discutirá oralmente uno de los estilos de
aprendizaje de Kolb. El resto de la clase reaccionará oralmente a al menos tres
comentarios de los compañeros.
4. Utilice la Biblioteca Virtual, el Internet y otros recursos académicos confiables para
buscar información sobre las cuatro etapas del ciclo de aprendizaje del modelo de
aprendizaje experimental de Kolb. Escriba un ensayo (número de páginas determinado
por el facilitador) explicando estos conceptos. Asegúrese de redactar según APA,
incluya las citas y referencias y envíelo a NetTutor para recibir retroalimentación. El
facilitador enviará los trabajos escritos a SafeAssignTM
para detectar casos de plagio.
5. Prepare un mapa conceptual sobre las cuatro etapas del ciclo de aprendizaje del modelo
de aprendizaje experimental de Kolb. Prepárese para participar en una actividad
colaborativa en clase.
6. El facilitador creará un foro de discusión escrita, en la herramienta Discussion Board.
En dicho foro los alumnos contestarán la siguiente pregunta:
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 87
Revised August, 2016
a. ¿Cómo el ambiente social, académico y físico impacta a los estudiantes de educación superior?
7. Siga practicando los ejercicios de Tell Me More que se han diseñado para desarrollar
sus destrezas lingüísticas en español.
8. Continúe trabajando en su portafolio digital; siga las instrucciones estipuladas en el
Digital Performance Portfolio Assessment Handbook.
9. Utilice la Biblioteca Virtual, el Internet, los enlaces que se encuentran al principio del
módulo en la sección titulada Enlaces relacionados con la certificación docente
(aquellos que aplican al estado en que reside) y otros recursos académicos del E-Lab,
como libros electrónicos, para buscar información sobre los exámenes que el estado
requiere para ejercer como docente y/o sobre el contenido y desarrollo del National
Counselor Examination for Licensure and Certification (NCE, por sus siglas en inglés),
según indique el facilitador. En un resumen escrito, detalle los pasos que debe seguir
para tomar dichas pruebas y/o para el proceso de aplicación al NCE; también ilustre la
información determinada por el facilitador en un organizador gráfico. Asegúrese de
incluir las referencias y de enviarlo a NetTutor para recibir retroalimentación.
10. Investigue el rol del consejero de asuntos estudiantiles en la educación superior. Diseñe
un organizador gráfico de su elección explicando este concepto.
11. Continúe trabajando en su proyecto final de acuerdo con la información y los requisitos
detallados en los Apéndices V, W y DD.
12. Asegúrese de haber cumplido con la entrega oportuna de los documentos relacionados
con la práctica.
13. Escriba, a manera de diario reflexivo, un ensayo de sus experiencias de esta semana en
su centro de práctica, incluyendo reuniones, logros, servicios prestados, retos, y
cualquier otra información relevante.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 88
Revised August, 2016
Componentes de SIOP (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol)
Las estrategias de instrucción bilingüe aparecen debajo de cada componente de SIOP (A-E). Estas estrategias permiten diseñar e impartir una lección que responda a las necesidades académicas y lingüísticas de los estudiantes que aprenden un segundo idioma. El facilitador debe seleccionar las estrategias de Enfoque Académico Cognitivo de Aprendizaje de Idioma (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach, conocido como CALLA por sus siglas en inglés), que mejor correspondan a los objetivos específicos de contenido y lenguaje del taller, para integrarlas en las actividades de manera que los alumnos puedan obtener el máximo provecho académico. Fase 1: Enfocar (Refiérase al diagrama del modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E.) A. Preparación de la lección B. Andamiaje (Scaffolding)
__ Adaptación de contenido __ Modelaje __ Enlaces con el conocimiento previo __ Práctica dirigida __ Enlaces con el aprendizaje previo __ Práctica independiente __ Estrategias incorporadas __ Entrada (input) comprensible
Fase 2: Explorar; Fase 3: Explicar; Fase 4: Extender (Refiérase a las explicaciones de estas tres etapas de la lección). Estrategias de CALLA (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach) El facilitador debe especificar las estrategias que usará en cada lección y explicarlas a los estudiantes. Nombres de las estrategias __ Cognitiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ __ Metacognitiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ __ Socioafectiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ C. Opciones de agrupamiento D. Integración de las artes del lenguaje __ Grupo completo __ Escuchar __ Grupos pequeños __ Hablar __ Trabajo en pares __ Leer __ Trabajo independiente __ Escribir El facilitador debe explicar las técnicas de colaboración que utilizará en clase. Fase 5: Elaboración (Refiérase a la explicación de esta etapa de la lección.) E. Aplicación de aprendizaje __ Dinámica __ Significativa y relevante __ Rigurosa __ Vinculada a los objetivos __ Promueve la participación
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 89
Revised August, 2016
Esta sección del módulo corresponde a las siguientes tres fases del modelo de instrucción
constructivista de las 5E:
Fase 2: Explorar
En esta fase el facilitador involucra al estudiante en uno o varios temas de acuerdo con los
objetivos del curso. Esto permite que el alumno construya su propio conocimiento.
Fase 3: Explicar
El facilitador provee al alumno la oportunidad de comunicar lo que ha aprendido, lo que
significa y cómo lo aplicará a su carrera profesional.
Fase 4: Elaborar
El facilitador promueve que el estudiante aplique los conocimientos nuevos y explore sus
implicaciones en su área de especialidad.
Actividades integradas de contenido y lenguaje para lograr los objetivos del taller
1. El facilitador repasará los temas que se cubrieron en el taller anterior para asegurarse
de que los alumnos comprendan el material.
2. El facilitador preparará una actividad constructivista para repasar las asignaciones que
los estudiantes completaron antes del taller y para comprobar que entendieron el
material. Habrá oportunidad para aclarar dudas. Todas las actividades de lectura y
escritura tienen que estar relacionadas con el vocabulario técnico de la disciplina.
3. El facilitador llevará a cabo un ejercicio de pronunciación para repasar los conceptos
del vocabulario clave de la disciplina. Estas actividades se realizan para desarrollar
solamente las destrezas de comunicación oral. Por lo tanto, no se les añaden
actividades escritas. El facilitador utilizará los siguientes siete pasos para enseñar el
vocabulario como actividad inicial del taller:
a. El facilitador pronunciará la palabra y los estudiantes la repetirán tres veces.
b. El facilitador usará el vocablo en el contexto de enseñanza, del artículo o de la
lectura que utiliza en clase.
c. El facilitador definirá el concepto según el diccionario, artículo o texto que
estudien.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 90
Revised August, 2016
d. El facilitador explicará sencillamente el significado del término para que el
alumno lo entienda; empleará un lenguaje básico, claro y familiar para los
estudiantes.
e. El facilitador se enfocará en algunos aspectos lingüísticos, tales como la
gramática, el deletreo y la polisemia, entre otros.
f. El facilitador involucrará a los estudiantes en actividades que fomenten el
desarrollo de destrezas y el dominio del vocabulario, dentro del contexto de la
disciplina de estudio. El facilitador reagrupará a los estudiantes en parejas.
Cada tándem (pareja) participará en la actividad conocida como tenis de mesa
(ping pong) en la que cada participante creará una oración a la que aplicará la
palabra del vocabulario, según el contexto que estudió.
g. El facilitador indicará cómo y cuándo los estudiantes utilizarán el vocabulario
en el resto de las actividades de lectura y escritura del taller.
4. Reunidos en parejas, los alumnos realizarán una o ambas de las actividades que siguen,
según indique el facilitador: a. Compararán los resúmenes y los organizadores gráficos, preparados antes del
taller, sobre los exámenes que el estado requiere para ejercer como docente y
los pasos que deben seguir para tomar dichas pruebas; los conciliarán en un solo
organizador y un solo resumen, de manera que presenten sus conclusiones a la
clase.
b. Compararán los resúmenes y los organizadores gráficos, preparados antes del
taller, sobre el contenido y desarrollo de NCE y los requisitos y proceso de
aplicación. Finalmente, conciliarán su información en un solo organizador y
un solo resumen, de manera que presenten sus conclusiones a la clase.
5. El facilitador dividirá la clase en cinco grupos y cada grupo explicará una de las
palabras de vocabulario utilizando un organizador gráfico.
6. El facilitador dirigirá una discusión sobre el rol del consejero de asuntos estudiantiles
en la educación superior. Los estudiantes se referirán a los organizadores gráficos
preparados antes del taller para contribuir información importante a dicha discusión.
7. El facilitador dividirá a los estudiantes en cuatro grupos.
a. Le asignará a cada grupo una de las etapas del ciclo de aprendizaje del modelo
de aprendizaje experimental de Kolb y uno o más de sus estilos de aprendizaje.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 91
Revised August, 2016
b. Los estudiantes se referirán a los resúmenes, bosquejos y ensayos realizados
antes del taller para recopilar información.
c. Cada grupo preparará una presentación explicando los temas asignados,
utilizando organizadores gráficos, ilustraciones, dibujos, PowerPoint, etcétera,
para hacer la misma más comprensible e interesante.
d. Cada miembro del grupo deberá participar en dicha presentación y explicación.
8. Recuerde seguir llenando el resto de las columnas del Apéndice K: KWHLAQ Chart a
lo largo del curso, de manera que las discutan en la última semana.
9. Finalmente, el facilitador mencionará y aclarará las tareas que realizarán antes del
próximo taller.
Fase 5: Evaluar
A través de la evaluación, el facilitador se asegurará de que los alumnos hayan aprendido el
material del taller y hayan alcanzado las metas educacionales.
Evaluación - Etapa final del modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E (diferenciada por
los niveles del dominio de un segundo idioma)
1. Individual: Demostración de netiqueta y de pensamiento crítico y analítico al contestar
la pregunta del foro de discusión escrita: ¿Cómo el ambiente social, académico y físico
impacta a los estudiantes de educación superior?
2. Grupal: Demostración de colaboración grupal y de participación activa en la
preparación y realización de la presentación sobre una de las etapas del ciclo de
aprendizaje del modelo de aprendizaje experimental de Kolb y uno o más de sus estilos
de aprendizaje, según asignado por el facilitador.
3. Escrita: Uso correcto del español y del estilo APA en la redacción del ensayo,
explicando las cuatro etapas del ciclo de aprendizaje del modelo de aprendizaje
experimental de Kolb.
4. Oral/Auditiva: Demostración de buenas destrezas orales durante la presentación sobre
una de las etapas del ciclo de aprendizaje del modelo de aprendizaje experimental de
Kolb y uno o más de sus estilos de aprendizaje, según asignado por el facilitador y
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 92
Revised August, 2016
durante la discusión sobre el rol del consejero de asuntos estudiantiles en la educación
superior.
Cierre del taller
1. Individual: Los estudiantes escribirán su autorreflexión basados en la(s) pregunta(s)
que escojan o se les asigne(n) del Apéndice I: Autorreflexión.
2. Grupal: Los estudiantes formarán un círculo y cada uno compartirá con la clase sus
experiencias en su centro de práctica esta semana; ofrecerán y recibirán
retroalimentación productiva del facilitador y de sus colegas.
3. Aplicación de nuevo conocimiento: Cada estudiante elegirá un concepto aprendido
durante este taller y explicarán cómo lo aplicará específicamente en su profesión de
consejero.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 93
Revised August, 2016
WORKSHOP FOUR
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model represents the five phases of the teaching and
learning sequence. The five phases are: Engage, Explore, Explain, Extend/Elaborate, and
Evaluate (NASA, 2013).
Phase 1: Engage
This phase aims to get the students’ attention and generate their interest in order to engage
them in the lesson, while assessing the previous learning.
Specific Content Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the student will be able to
1. Explore the history and categories of the Student Development Theory.
2. Evaluate Erikson’s eight stages of psychosocial development.
3. Explain Chickering’s seven vectors of development.
Specific Language Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the student will be able to
1. Listen: Demonstrate effective listening skills during colleagues’ presentations on
topics regarding Erikson’s and Chikering’s theories by taking notes as appropriate,
keeping eye contact with the speaker, asking relevant questions, and providing
productive feedback.
2. Speak: Demonstrate collaborative skills in the preparation of the presentations on
topics regarding Erikson’s psychosocial stages and Chickering’s seven vectors, as well
as effective speaking skills in English in the delivery of said presentations.
3. Read: Research information on different student development theories, Chickering’s
seven vectors, and Erikson’s psychosocial stages in order to complete assignments and
tasks effectively, efficiently, and accurately.
4. Write: Use correct Standard English and APA style to write an essay on Erikson’s
psychosocial stages, including all the information determined by the facilitator.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 94
Revised August, 2016
Specific Assessment Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the facilitator will have evaluated the student’s
competencies as follows:
1. Evaluation: Evaluate the importance and impact of Erikson’s and Chickering’s
theories in the field of counseling in student affairs in higher education.
2. Synthesis: Design/create organizers or other visuals that explain Erikson’s assigned
psychosocial stage(s).
3. Analysis: Examine Chickering’s seven vectors and their relevance and impact on
counseling in student affairs in higher education.
Technical Vocabulary of the Discipline
1. interpersonal
2. interdependence
3. integrity
4. identity
5. competence
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 95
Revised August, 2016
Expediting Comprehension for English Language Learners (ExC-ELL)
Component - Vocabulary
There are three types of words that affect comprehension and academic success. (Calderón, 2011).
Tier 1 are basic words which second language learners need to communicate, read, and write. These include words that should be taught due to spelling (tough, toothache), pronunciation or confusion with homophones (ship/chip, blue/blew, sum/some), false cognates (exit, embarrassed, success), and background knowledge (skyscraper, lawnmower).
Tier 2 are information processing words that nest Tier 3 words in long sentences, polysemous words - homonyms or homographs (solution, power, table, roll, left), transition words (however, as well as, nevertheless, for instance), connectors (for cause and effect – because, due to, as a result; for contrast – but, although, in contrast; for addition or comparison – and, also, moreover), phrase clusters (scope and sequence, academic language) and idioms (give me a break, walk in her shoes), and more sophisticated words for discussions and specificity in descriptions (examples of specificity for the word “talk” are argue, declare, converse).
Tier 3 are subject-specific words that label content discipline concepts, subjects, and topics. They are infrequently used academic words. Some examples are: photosynthesis, pharmacology, democracy, hemorrhage, osmosis, and autism. The facilitator will select three words from Tier 1 that will hinder comprehension of required workshop Tier 2 words and three targeted Tier 3 words critical for comprehension and learning of the concepts for the workshop. Tier 1 words must be addressed as they appear in teaching and learning activities in the classroom.
Tier 1 Simple Words
Tier 2 Information Processing
Words
Tier 3 Academic Words
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 96
Revised August, 2016
Electronic Links
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model
• http://bscs.org/sites/default/files/_legacy/BSCS_5E_Instructional_Model-
Executive_Summary_0.pdf
• http://faculty.mwsu.edu/west/maryann.coe/coe/inquire/inquiry.htm
Virtual Library
• http://bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu/
Erickson’s Stages of Psychosocial Development
• http://www.haverford.edu/psych/ddavis/p109g/erikson.stages.html • http://socialscientist.us/nphs/psychIB/psychpdfs/Erikson.pdf • http://www.ocfcpacourts.us/assets/files/list-758/file-1038.pdf • http://info.psu.edu.sa/psu/maths/Erikson%27s%20Theory%20of%20Psychosocial
%20Development%20%282%29.pdf
Chickering’s Vectors of Development • https://www.cabrini.edu/communications/ProfDev/cardevChickering.html • http://jacada.iupui.edu/NewAdvisorResources/AdvisingPhilosophy/ChickeringsPs
ychosocialTheory.aspx • http://faculty.winthrop.edu/fullerb/QEP/7%20vectors%20of%20development.pdf • http://www.westfield.ma.edu/uploads/parents/identitydevelopment.pdf
Student Development Theory
• http://www.niu.edu/engagedlearning/themed_learning/A%20Brief%20Introductio
n%20to%20Student%20Development%20Theory.pdf
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 97
Revised August, 2016
List of Supplementary Materials for the Workshop
1. Blackboard
2. Tell Me More
3. NetTutor
4. Blackboard Collaborate Voice Authoring tools
5. Virtual Library
6. e-books
7. variety of graphic organizers
Assignments to Be Completed Prior to the Workshop:
1. Follow the facilitator’s instructions to work on your glossary for the words detailed in
the Technical Vocabulary of the Discipline section.
2. Using the Virtual Library, Internet, and/or other academic resources from the E-Lab,
research information on different student development theories. Take notes that will
be useful for class discussion and future study.
3. The facilitator will create an oral discussion forum using the Voice Board tool in
Blackboard. After researching all of Chickering’s vectors and taking detailed notes,
select two of them and orally discuss their impact on an individual’s development.
React to the comments of at least three colleagues.
4. Examine reliable academic sources to obtain information on Erikson’s psychosocial
stages.
a. Write an essay (number of pages determined by the facilitator) describing each
of the eight stages, including the basic conflict, important events, and outcomes
of each stage.
b. Be sure to use APA style, include bibliographic citations and references, and
submit to NetTutor for feedback.
c. The facilitator will send written works to SafeAssignTM to check for
plagiarism.
5. Prepare a timeline on the history of student development theories. Be prepared to
participate in a class learning activity.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 98
Revised August, 2016
6. The facilitator will create a written discussion forum using the Discussion Board tool
in Blackboard. Students will address the following:
a. At which stage of Erikson’s psychosocial stages are you at this time of your
life?
b. Explain this particular stage and indicate at least three of the characteristics of
this stage which you have experienced.
7. Continue working on the organization and completion of the digital portfolio following
the guidelines stipulated in the Digital Performance Portfolio Assessment Handbook.
8. Go to Tell Me More and continue working on the interactive exercises designed to
develop/improve linguistic skills in English. Submit the document found in Appendix
E: Language Lab/E-Lab Documentation indicating the amount of time spent working
on the Language Lab/E-Lab activities and exercises.
9. Coordinate your second supervisory visit to the site and review with your faculty
supervisor any documents or forms required at this time.
10. Continue your personal journal that describes your practicum experiences during the
past week. Include meetings, tasks accomplished, conversations, services rendered, and
any other relevant information.
11. Continue working on your final project and the Final Project Development Log as
indicated in Appendices V, W, and DD. Clarify any doubts you may have with the
facilitator.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 99
Revised August, 2016
SIOP Components (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol) The dual language instructional strategies are indicated below each SIOP component (A-E). These strategies allow the design and delivery of a lesson that addresses the academic and linguistic needs of second language learners. The facilitator must select the Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach (CALLA) strategies that best align to the specific content and language objectives of the workshop and integrate them in the lesson activities to ensure maximum learning and academic performance.
Phase 1: Engage (Refer to the 5E Instructional Model diagram.) A. Lesson Preparation B. Scaffolding __ Adaptation of Content __ Modeling __ Links to Background Knowledge __ Guided Practice __ Links to Past Learning __ Independent Practice __ Incorporated Strategies __ Comprehensible Input Phase 2: Explore; Phase 3: Explain; Phase 4: Extend (Refer to the explanations of these three stages of the lesson.) CALLA Strategies (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach) The facilitator must specify the CALLA learning strategies that will be used in the lesson and explain each one to the students. Names of the Strategies __ Cognitive 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ __ Metacognitive 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ __ Social/Affective 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ C. Grouping Options D. Integration of Language Domains __ Whole Group __ Listening __ Small Group __ Speaking __ Partners __ Reading __ Independent Work __ Writing The facilitator must explain the cooperative learning techniques that will be used to the students. Phase 5: Elaboration (Refer to the explanation of this stage of the lesson.) E. Learning Application __ Dynamic __ Meaningful/Relevant __ Rigorous __ Linked to Objectives
__ Promotes Engagement
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 100
Revised August, 2016
This section of the module corresponds to the following three phases of The 5E
Constructivist Instructional Model:
Phase 2: Explore
The facilitator engages the students in one or more topics in accordance with the course
objectives, allowing them to construct their own knowledge, discover new skills, and examine
their thinking.
Phase 3: Explain
The facilitator provides students with the opportunity to connect their prior knowledge to new
learning, and share what they have learned, its meaning, and how they will apply this
knowledge in their professional lives.
Phase 4: Elaborate
The facilitator encourages students to apply their new knowledge to new or similar situations
and continue to explore its implications in their area of expertise.
Integrated Content and Language Activities to Achieve the Objectives of the Workshop
1. The facilitator will lead the class in a review of the topics covered in the previous
workshop to ensure students’ comprehension.
2. The facilitator will prepare a constructivist activity to review the assignments
completed by the students prior to the workshop and to ensure student comprehension.
All the reading and writing activities must be linked to the technical vocabulary of the
discipline of the workshop.
3. The facilitator will conduct a pronunciation exercise for the technical vocabulary of the
discipline of the workshop. This activity is designed to develop/enhance oral skills,
and it does not involve written activities. The facilitator will use the following seven
steps to teach the vocabulary as the initial activity of the workshop:
a. The facilitator pronounces the word and asks students to repeat it at least three
times.
b. The facilitator uses the word in context from a text used in class.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 101
Revised August, 2016
c. The facilitator provides the dictionary definition/definitions as it/they appear in
the text used in class.
d. The facilitator explains the meaning using terminology that can be understood
by the students (student-friendly language).
e. The facilitator highlights specific linguistic aspects, such as grammar, spelling,
polysemy, and others.
f. The facilitator engages the students in an activity designed to develop word
knowledge skills and the application of the concept to the profession. The
facilitator divides the students in pairs to engage in a “ping pong” activity, in
which each partner provides sentences using the word in context.
g. The facilitator indicates how and when to use the vocabulary required during
the reading and writing activities of the workshop.
4. The students will continue filling out the last three columns of the KWHLAQ Chart
found in Appendix K on the topic determined by the facilitator in Workshop One.
Remember that this assignment will be discussed in the last workshop.
5. The facilitator will conduct a whole class discussion on the history of student
development theories. Students will refer to the timelines prepared prior to the
workshop to contribute to the creation of a class timeline on this topic.
6. The students will be divided into small groups and the facilitator will assign to each
group one or more of the stages of Erikson’s psychosocial stages.
a. Each group will prepare one or more graphic organizers explaining their
assigned stage(s) in detail, including the name of the stage, basic conflict,
important events, outcomes, importance, and any other information determined
by the facilitator.
b. Students may also use drawings, illustrations, PowerPoints, and any other
visuals that will make their presentation more comprehensible.
c. Students are encouraged to use role-playing techniques.
d. Students should refer to the essays written prior to the workshop for
information.
e. Each group member must actively participate in the preparation and the delivery
of the presentation.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 102
Revised August, 2016
f. Emphasis must be given to the application of the assigned topics to the field of
counseling in student affairs in higher education.
g. Feedback and question/answer sessions will follow each presentation.
7. Students will work with a partner to discuss and share notes on Chickering’s seven
vectors.
a. The facilitator will assign to each set of partners one or more of Chickering’s
vectors.
b. They will analyze and examine their assigned topic(s) and develop a short
creative presentation to share with the class.
c. Once again, emphasis must be given to the application of the assigned topics to
the field of counseling in student affairs in higher education.
d. Feedback and question/answer sessions will follow each presentation.
8. The facilitator will discuss and clarify doubts regarding the assignments due prior to
the next workshop.
Phase 5: Evaluate
The facilitator will assess and evaluate the students’ understanding and progress toward
educational goals.
Assessment – final phase of The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model (differentiated by
second language proficiency levels)
1. Individual: Demonstration of netiquette and correct use of oral and written English in
both the oral and the written discussion forums on the assigned topics. 2. Group: Group collaboration and active participation in the preparation of the
presentations on the assigned topics regarding Erikson’s psychosocial stages and
Chickering’s seven vectors, including all the information determined by the facilitator. 3. Written: Demonstration of critical and analytical thinking, as well as the correct use
of Standard English and APA style in the essay on Erikson’s psychosocial stages,
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 103
Revised August, 2016
describing each of the eight stages, including the basic conflict, important events,
outcomes of each stage, and any other information determined by the facilitator.
4. Oral: Effective delivery of the presentations on the assigned topics regarding Erikson’s
psychosocial stages and Chickering’s seven vectors, demonstrating critical and
analytical thinking, application of new knowledge and academic vocabulary, and
effective speaking skills in English.
Lesson Wrap-Up
1. Individual: Students will write a self-reflection on one or more of the questions found
in Appendix I: Self-Reflection which either they or the facilitator selects. 2. Group: Students will discuss two specific situations or problems they encountered in
their practicum experience and explain how they resolved them. They will provide
productive feedback to one another.
3. Application of New Knowledge: Students will have one minute to draw/illustrate one
important concept they learned in this workshop. They will then share it with the class
and explain how they will specifically apply it in their profession.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 104
Revised August, 2016
TALLER CINCO
Modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E
El modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E representa las cinco fases de la secuencia de
enseñanza y aprendizaje. Las cinco fases son: Enfocar, Explorar, Explicar, Entender,
Extender/Elaborar y Evaluar (NASA, 2013).
Fase 1: Enfocar
Esta fase pretende captar la atención y el interés del estudiante para involucrarlo en la lección,
mientras se evalúa el aprendizaje previo.
Objetivos específicos de contenido
Al terminar este taller, el estudiante será capaz de
1. Explorar estrategias o técnicas que un consejero puede implementar para promover el
desarrollo estudiantil.
2. Evaluar la diferencia entre la educación de escuela superior y la educación
universitaria.
3. Explicar las etapas de transición de los estudiantes a la vida universitaria.
Objetivos específicos de lenguaje
Al terminar este taller, el estudiante será capaz de
1. Escuchar: Escuchar atentamente las contribuciones de los colegas al foro de discusión
oral sobre cómo los consejeros pueden disminuir el estrés que los estudiantes
experimentan en su primer año universitario, para poder reaccionar de manera eficaz a
dichos comentarios.
2. Hablar: Demostrar aplicación de nuevo conocimiento, al igual que pensamiento crítico
y analítico, en las discusiones grupales y de clase sobe los requisitos académicos en la
escuela superior y en la universidad, estrategias que un consejero puede implementar
para promover el desarrollo estudiantil, el proceso de transición de los estudiantes
durante su primer año universitario y las etapas de dicha transición, algunos de los
cambios evidentes de la educación universitaria comparada con la educación de la
escuela superior y otros temas relacionados.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 105
Revised August, 2016
3. Leer: Investigar sobre las estrategias que un consejero puede implementar para
promover el desarrollo estudiantil, el proceso de transición de los estudiantes durante
su primer año universitario y las etapas de dicha transición.
4. Escribir: Demostrar buen uso del español y del estilo APA y aplicación de nuevos
conocimientos y vocabulario académico, en la redacción del ensayo explicando los
ajustes de un estudiante universitario durante su primer año y cómo el consejero puede
ayudarlo en esta transición.
Objetivos específicos de avalúo/evaluación
Al finalizar el curso, el facilitador habrá evaluado a los estudiantes en los siguientes renglones:
1. Evaluación: Determinar los ajustes de un estudiante universitario durante su primer
año y evaluar cómo el consejero puede ayudarlo en esta transición.
2. Síntesis: Explicar las etapas de transición de los estudiantes universitarios.
3. Análisis: Examinar las funciones del consejero de una institución de educación
superior durante la primera etapa de transición del estudiante.
Vocabulario técnico de la disciplina
1. transición
2. deserción
3. retención
4. apoyo
5. académico
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 106
Revised August, 2016
Expediting Comprehension for English Language Learners (ExC-ELL)
Componente - Vocabulario
Existen tres niveles de palabras que afectan la comprensión y el rendimiento académico (Calderón, 2011).
Nivel 1: Se refiere a las palabras básicas que los aprendices de un segundo idioma necesitan para comunicarse, leer y escribir. Este nivel incluye los vocablos que deben enseñarse debido a la naturaleza de su ortografía (hacienda, hipopótamo), pronunciación o confusión con los homófonos (vez y ves; hablando y ablando; sierra y cierra), falsos cognados (éxito; embarazada; suceso) y conocimientos previos (rascacielos; cortadora de césped).
Nivel 2: Trata acerca del procesamiento de los vocablos que alberga el Nivel 3 en oraciones largas, palabras polisémicas (con múltiples significados), homónimos (casa y caza), homógrafos (arroyo y arrollo), palabras/frases de transición (sin embargo; al igual que; por ejemplo), conectores lingüísticos de causa y efecto (porque; debido a; como resultado; por ende; en consecuencia). También se incluyen aquellas frases de transición que se usan para contrastar (a diferencia de; por el contrario; no obstante), para añadir ideas (además; aparte de; también) y para comparar (así como; del mismo modo). Además, se consideran los grupos de palabras (alcance y secuencia; lenguaje académico), los modismos o frases idiomáticas (dar en el clavo, ponerse en sus zapatos, con la soga al cuello) y las palabras más sofisticadas, que son apropiadas para las discusiones y descripciones específicas (ejemplos de especificidad para "hablar": discutir, declarar, conversar).
Nivel 3: Se centra en palabras, de temas específicos, que definen los conceptos de contenido de una disciplina, materias y temas. Estos vocablos académicos se utilizan con poca frecuencia, fuera del contexto académico. Algunos ejemplos son: fotosíntesis, farmacología, democracia, hemorragia, ósmosis y autismo. El facilitador seleccionará tres palabras del Nivel 1 que dificultarán la comprensión de los vocablos del taller que requiera las del Nivel 2. Escoja tres palabras del Nivel 3, que sean críticas para comprender y aprender los conceptos del taller. Las palabras del Nivel 1 deben abordarse según aparecen en las actividades de enseñanza y aprendizaje en el aula.
Nivel 1
Palabas básicas Nivel 2
Palabras sofisticadas, modismos y frases de transición
Nivel 3 Palabras académicas
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 107
Revised August, 2016
Enlaces electrónicos
El modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E
• http://bscs.org/sites/default/files/_legacy/BSCS_5E_Instructional_Model-
Executive_Summary_0.pdf
• http://faculty.mwsu.edu/west/maryann.coe/coe/inquire/inquiry.htm
Biblioteca Virtual
• http://bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu/
Diccionario de la Real Academia Española
• http://www.rae.es/
Diccionario panhispánico de dudas de la Real Academia Española
• http://rae.es/recursos/diccionarios/dpd
Fundación del Español Urgente
• http://www.fundeu.es/
Retención y deserción estudiantil en la educación superior
• http://www.alfaguia.org/alfaguia/files/1318958524Modelo%20de%20analisis
%20de%20la%20desercion%20estudiantil%20en%20la%20educacion%20sup
erior.pdf
Teoría social cognitiva
• http://revistagriot.uprrp.edu/archivos/2012050103.pdf
Diferencia entre la educación en la escuela secundaria y en la universitaria
• http://www.mentesliberadas.com.ar/2012/04/08/10-diferencias-entre-la-
universidad-y-la-secundaria/
• http://web.calstatela.edu/parentacademy/docs/HSvsCollege-es.pdf
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 108
Revised August, 2016
Lista de recursos suplementarios para el taller
1. Blackboard
2. Tell Me More
3. NetTutor
4. Herramientas de voz de Blackboard Collaborate
5. Biblioteca Virtual
6. e-libro
7. organizadores gráficos (tabla de T, mapa conceptual, y otros)
Asignaciones que realizará antes del taller
1. Continúe trabajando en su glosario del curso con los conceptos detallados en la sección
“Vocabulario técnico de la disciplina”; siga las instrucciones del facilitador.
2. Utilice la Biblioteca Virtual, el Internet y otros recursos académicos del E-Lab, como
libros electrónicos, para investigar sobre las estrategias que un consejero puede
implementar para promover el desarrollo estudiantil. Prepare un resumen o un
bosquejo y llévelo a clases para contribuir a la discusión del material y aclarar dudas.
3. El facilitador creará un foro de discusión oral en la herramienta Voice Board de
Blackboard. En dicho foro, el estudiante discutirá oralmente sobre cómo los consejeros
pueden disminuir el estrés que los estudiantes experimentan en su primer año
universitario. El resto de la clase reaccionará oralmente a tres comentarios de los
compañeros.
4. Escriba un ensayo (número de páginas determinado por el facilitador) que explique los
ajustes de un estudiante universitario durante su primer año y evalúe cómo el consejero
puede ayudarlo en esta transición. Asegúrese de redactar según APA, incluya las citas
y referencias y envíelo a NetTutor para recibir retroalimentación. El facilitador enviará
los trabajos escritos a SafeAssignTM
para detectar casos de plagio.
5. Prepare una tabla de T comparando la educación de escuela superior y la educación
universitaria. Prepárese para participar en una actividad colaborativa en clase.
6. Utilice la Biblioteca Virtual, el Internet y otros recursos académicos del E-Lab, como
libros electrónicos, para investigar sobre los siguientes temas. Resuma por escrito la
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 109
Revised August, 2016
importancia que tienen los mismos para usted, como profesional en el ámbito de la
educación y llegue preparado para hablar al respecto.
a. National Common Core State Standards (NCCSS) o los estándares del estado
en que reside
b. Requisitos de lectura del estado en que reside
c. Requisitos de ESOL (English for Speakers of Other Languages)
7. El facilitador creará un foro de discusión escrita, en la herramienta Discussion Board.
En dicho foro los alumnos contestarán las siguientes preguntas:
a. ¿Cuál fue el ajuste o situación más difícil que usted tuvo en su primer año
universitario?
b. ¿Cómo se enfrentó a este ajuste o situación?
c. ¿Recibió ayuda de algún consejero?
8. Siga practicando los ejercicios de Tell Me More que se han diseñado para desarrollar
sus destrezas lingüísticas en español.
9. Continúe trabajando en su portafolio digital; siga las instrucciones estipuladas en el
Digital Performance Portfolio Assessment Handbook.
10. Investigue sobre el proceso de transición de los estudiantes durante su primer año
universitario e identifique las etapas de dicha transición. Diseñe uno o más
organizadores gráficos que expliquen dichas etapas.
11. Busque información sobre algunos de los cambios evidentes de la educación
universitaria comparada con la educación de la escuela superior. Explique sus
hallazgos utilizando un mapa de burbujas u otro organizador gráfico.
12. Escriba un párrafo sobre cómo el consejero de asuntos estudiantiles puede orientar al
estudiante en el proceso de integración y adaptación al sistema universitario.
13. Escriba, a manera de diario reflexivo, un ensayo de sus experiencias de esta semana en
su centro de práctica, incluyendo reuniones, logros, servicios prestados, retos, y
cualquier otra información relevante.
14. Continúe trabajando en el proyecto final, siguiendo todas las instrucciones y
estipulaciones indicadas en los Apéndices V, W y DD.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 110
Revised August, 2016
Componentes de SIOP (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol)
Las estrategias de instrucción bilingüe aparecen debajo de cada componente de SIOP (A-E). Estas estrategias permiten diseñar e impartir una lección que responda a las necesidades académicas y lingüísticas de los estudiantes que aprenden un segundo idioma. El facilitador debe seleccionar las estrategias de Enfoque Académico Cognitivo de Aprendizaje de Idioma (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach, conocido como CALLA por sus siglas en inglés), que mejor correspondan a los objetivos específicos de contenido y lenguaje del taller, para integrarlas en las actividades de manera que los alumnos puedan obtener el máximo provecho académico. Fase 1: Enfocar (Refiérase al diagrama del modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E.) A. Preparación de la lección B. Andamiaje (Scaffolding)
__ Adaptación de contenido __ Modelaje __ Enlaces con el conocimiento previo __ Práctica dirigida __ Enlaces con el aprendizaje previo __ Práctica independiente __ Estrategias incorporadas __ Entrada (input) comprensible
Fase 2: Explorar; Fase 3: Explicar; Fase 4: Extender (Refiérase a las explicaciones de estas tres etapas de la lección). Estrategias de CALLA (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach) El facilitador debe especificar las estrategias que usará en cada lección y explicarlas a los estudiantes. Nombres de las estrategias __ Cognitiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ __ Metacognitiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ __ Socioafectiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ C. Opciones de agrupamiento D. Integración de las artes del lenguaje __ Grupo completo __ Escuchar __ Grupos pequeños __ Hablar __ Trabajo en pares __ Leer __ Trabajo independiente __ Escribir El facilitador debe explicar las técnicas de colaboración que utilizará en clase. Fase 5: Elaboración (Refiérase a la explicación de esta etapa de la lección.) E. Aplicación de aprendizaje __ Dinámica __ Significativa y relevante __ Rigurosa __ Vinculada a los objetivos __ Promueve la participación
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 111
Revised August, 2016
Esta sección del módulo corresponde a las siguientes tres fases del modelo de instrucción
constructivista de las 5E:
Fase 2: Explorar
En esta fase el facilitador involucra al estudiante en uno o varios temas de acuerdo con los
objetivos del curso. Esto permite que el alumno construya su propio conocimiento.
Fase 3: Explicar
El facilitador provee al alumno la oportunidad de comunicar lo que ha aprendido, lo que
significa y cómo lo aplicará a su carrera profesional.
Fase 4: Elaborar
El facilitador promueve que el estudiante aplique los conocimientos nuevos y explore sus
implicaciones en su área de especialidad.
Actividades integradas de contenido y lenguaje para lograr los objetivos del taller
1. El facilitador repasará los temas que se cubrieron en el taller anterior para asegurarse
de que los alumnos comprendan el material.
2. El facilitador preparará una actividad constructivista para repasar las asignaciones que
los estudiantes completaron antes del taller y para comprobar que entendieron el
material. Habrá oportunidad para aclarar dudas. Todas las actividades de lectura y
escritura tienen que estar relacionadas con el vocabulario técnico de la disciplina.
3. El facilitador llevará a cabo un ejercicio de pronunciación para repasar los conceptos
del vocabulario clave de la disciplina. Estas actividades se realizan para desarrollar
solamente las destrezas de comunicación oral. Por lo tanto, no se les añaden
actividades escritas. El facilitador utilizará los siguientes siete pasos para enseñar el
vocabulario como actividad inicial del taller:
a. El facilitador pronunciará la palabra y los estudiantes la repetirán tres veces.
b. El facilitador usará el vocablo en el contexto de enseñanza, del artículo o de la
lectura que utiliza en clase.
c. El facilitador definirá el concepto según el diccionario, artículo o texto que
estudien.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 112
Revised August, 2016
d. El facilitador explicará sencillamente el significado del término para que el
alumno lo entienda; empleará un lenguaje básico, claro y familiar para los
estudiantes.
e. El facilitador se enfocará en algunos aspectos lingüísticos, tales como la
gramática, el deletreo y la polisemia, entre otros.
f. El facilitador involucrará a los estudiantes en actividades que fomenten el
desarrollo de destrezas y el dominio del vocabulario, dentro del contexto de la
disciplina de estudio. El facilitador reagrupará a los estudiantes en parejas.
Cada tándem (pareja) participará en la actividad conocida como tenis de mesa
(ping pong) en la que cada participante creará una oración a la que aplicará la
palabra del vocabulario, según el contexto que estudió.
g. El facilitador indicará cómo y cuándo los estudiantes utilizarán el vocabulario
en el resto de las actividades de lectura y escritura del taller.
4. El facilitador dividirá la clase en tres grupos y les asignará sendos temas de
investigación de la siguiente lista. (El facilitador podrá diseñar un ejercicio creativo
que gire en torno al mismo material de esta actividad).
a. Grupo 1 - National Common Core State Standards (NCCSS) o los estándares
del estado en que reside
b. Grupo 2 - Requisitos de lectura del estado en que reside
c. Grupo 3 - Requisitos de ESOL (English for Speakers of Other Languages)
Cada grupo presentará un informe oral, sobre el tema que se le asignó; el facilitador
determinará la duración de la conferencia que brindarán. Además, resaltará la
importancia que tiene para el profesional docente e incluirá la información específica
que indique el facilitador. Los estudiantes deberán referirse a los resúmenes que
escribieron como asignación antes del taller. El facilitador utilizará la rúbrica del
Apéndice H: Rúbrica de Presentación Oral y Audiovisual Individual/Grupal que se
encuentra en la sección de apéndices. El facilitador es responsable de explicar la
rúbrica y la manera en que evaluará a los alumnos.
5. El facilitador dividirá la clase en cinco grupos y cada grupo explicará una de las
palabras de vocabulario utilizando un organizador gráfico.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 113
Revised August, 2016
6. Los estudiantes se dividirán en dos grupos. Un grupo discutirá sobre los requisitos
académicos en la escuela superior y el otro grupo discutirá lo que se requiere
académicamente en la universidad. Cada grupo discutirá los requisitos
correspondientes y la relación entre ambos, refiriéndose a las tablas T creadas antes del
taller.
7. Los estudiantes trabajarán en grupos pequeños para compartir los organizadores
gráficos que prepararon sobre el proceso de transición de los estudiantes durante su
primer año universitario y las etapas de dicha transición. Llegarán a un consenso
sobre los organizadores que mejor expliquen estos conceptos, y los creadores de
dichos organizadores los explicarán a la clase.
8. El facilitador dirigirá una discusión acerca de algunos de los cambios evidentes de la
educación universitaria comparada con la educación de la escuela superior. Los
alumnos se referirán a los mapas de burbujas u otros organizadores gráficos que
prepararon antes del taller para contribuir información a dicha discusión.
9. Los estudiantes compartirán en pequeños grupos los párrafos que escribieron antes
del taller sobre cómo el consejero puede orientar al estudiante en el proceso de
integración y adaptación al sistema universitario. Crearán una lista de los cinco
conceptos más importantes sobre este tema y lo compartirán con el resto de la clase.
10. El facilitador dirigirá una discusión sobre los ajustes de un estudiante universitario
durante su primer año y, como clase, evaluarán cómo el consejero puede ayudarlo en esta
transición. Los alumnos se referirán a los ensayos sobre este tema, escritos antes del
taller, para contribuir a dicha discusión. Además, compartirán algunas situaciones
personales relevantes a este tema.
11. Recuerde seguir llenando el resto de las columnas del Apéndice K: KWHLAQ Chart a
lo largo del curso, de manera que las discutan en la última semana.
12. Finalmente, el facilitador mencionará y aclarará las tareas que realizarán antes del
próximo taller.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 114
Revised August, 2016
Fase 5: Evaluar
A través de la evaluación, el facilitador se asegurará de que los alumnos hayan aprendido el
material del taller y hayan alcanzado las metas educacionales.
Evaluación - Etapa final del modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E (diferenciada por
los niveles del dominio de un segundo idioma):
1. Individual: Demostración de netiqueta y buenas destrezas orales y de escritura al
participar en los respectivos foros de discusión sobre cómo los consejeros pueden
disminuir el estrés que los estudiantes experimentan en su primer año universitario y
las preguntas indicadas por el facilitador.
2. Grupal: Demostración de destrezas de colaboración grupal en las discusiones sobre
los requisitos académicos en la escuela superior, lo que se requiere académicamente en
la universidad, el proceso de transición de los estudiantes durante su primer año
universitario y las etapas de dicha transición.
3. Escrita: Buen uso del español y del estilo APA en la redacción del ensayo explicando
los ajustes de un estudiante universitario durante su primer año y cómo el consejero
puede ayudarlo en esta transición.
4. Oral/Auditiva: Demostración de pensamiento crítico y analítico y de buenas destrezas
orales durante la presentación acerca de los temas asignados.
Cierre del taller
1. Individual: Los estudiantes escribirán su autorreflexión basados en la(s) pregunta(s)
que escojan o se les asigne(n) del Apéndice I: Autorreflexión.
2. Grupal: Los alumnos formarán un círculo y cada uno discutirá con la clase sus
experiencias en su centro de práctica esta semana. Ofrecerán y recibirán
retroalimentación productiva del facilitador y de los colegas.
3. Aplicación de nuevo conocimiento: Cada estudiante escribirá en un papel un concepto
específico aprendido en este taller. El facilitador recogerá los papeles y le repartirá uno
a cada alumno. Cada estudiante explicará cómo aplicará en su profesión de consejero
el concepto que recibió.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 115
Revised August, 2016
WORKSHOP SIX
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model represents the five phases of the teaching and
learning sequence. The five phases are: Engage, Explore, Explain, Extend/Elaborate, and
Evaluate (NASA, 2013).
Phase 1: Engage
This phase aims to get the students’ attention and generate their interest in order to engage
them in the lesson, while assessing the previous learning.
Specific Content Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the student will be able to
1. Explore career counseling in higher education.
2. Evaluate Holland’s Theory of Career Choice and the Holland Code Career test.
3. Explain the Myers-Briggs Personality Test and its psychological scales.
4. Analyze Krumboltz’s Learning Theory of Career Counseling, its influential factors,
and other relevant components of this theory.
Specific Language Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the student will be able to
1. Listen: Demonstrate effective listening skills during colleagues’ presentations on how
they, as counselors, can specifically assist students in the process of making career
decisions or choosing an educational program, by showing attentiveness, providing
feedback, and asking relevant questions.
2. Speak: Demonstrate effective speaking skills in English and application of new
knowledge by actively participating in the class discussions on the counselor’s role
regarding assisting students in the process of making career decisions or choosing an
educational program, timelines on the history of career counseling, and the purposes,
formats, and components of the Myers-Briggs Personality Test and the Holland Code
Career Test.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 116
Revised August, 2016
3. Read: Research information on Holland’s Theory of Career Choice and personality
traits, the counselor’s role regarding assisting students in the process of making career
decisions or choosing an educational program, and on the purposes, formats, and
components of the Myers-Briggs Personality Test and the Holland Code Career Test in
order to complete class assignments and activities effectively and efficiently.
4. Write: Use correct writing skills in English and application of APA style in the
effective completion of the essay on the counselor’s role regarding assisting students
in the process of making career decisions or choosing an educational program; accurate
completion of the timeline on important advances in the field of career counseling.
Specific Assessment Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the facilitator will have evaluated the student’s
competencies as follows:
1. Evaluation: Evaluate different career and personality tests and their importance in
student affairs counseling. 2. Synthesis: Create/design one or more graphic organizers summarizing the most
important features of Krumboltz’s Learning Theory of Career Counseling, as well as
a Venn diagram comparing and contrasting the Myers-Briggs Personality Test and the
Holland Code Career Test.
3. Analysis: Examine one’s personal results of the Myers-Briggs Personality Test or
the Holland Code Career Test.
Technical Vocabulary of the Discipline
1. personality test
2. career counseling
3. social learning
4. vocational identity
5. career decisions
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 117
Revised August, 2016
Expediting Comprehension for English Language Learners (ExC-ELL)
Component - Vocabulary
There are three types of words that affect comprehension and academic success. (Calderón, 2011).
Tier 1 are basic words which second language learners need to communicate, read, and write. These include words that should be taught due to spelling (tough, toothache), pronunciation or confusion with homophones (ship/chip, blue/blew, sum/some), false cognates (exit, embarrassed, success), and background knowledge (skyscraper, lawnmower).
Tier 2 are information processing words that nest Tier 3 words in long sentences, polysemous words - homonyms or homographs (solution, power, table, roll, left), transition words (however, as well as, nevertheless, for instance), connectors (for cause and effect – because, due to, as a result; for contrast – but, although, in contrast; for addition or comparison – and, also, moreover), phrase clusters (scope and sequence, academic language), idioms (give me a break, walk in her shoes), and more sophisticated words for discussions and specificity in descriptions (examples of specificity for the word “talk” are argue, declare, converse).
Tier 3 are subject-specific words that label content discipline concepts, subjects, and topics. They are infrequently used academic words. Some examples are: photosynthesis, pharmacology, democracy, hemorrhage, osmosis, and autism. The facilitator will select three words from Tier 1 that will hinder comprehension of required workshop Tier 2 words and three targeted Tier 3 words critical for comprehension and learning of the concepts for the workshop. Tier 1 words must be addressed as they appear in teaching and learning activities in the classroom.
Tier 1 Simple Words
Tier 2 Information Processing
Words
Tier 3 Academic Words
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 118
Revised August, 2016
Electronic Links
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model
• http://bscs.org/sites/default/files/_legacy/BSCS_5E_Instructional_Model-
Executive_Summary_0.pdf
• http://faculty.mwsu.edu/west/maryann.coe/coe/inquire/inquiry.htm
Virtual Library
• http://bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu/
Closing the Gap between Academic Advising and Career Counseling
• http://dus.psu.edu/mentor/old/articles/990913mf.htm
Career and Personality Tests
• http://www.truity.com/test/holland-code-career-test
• http://www.humanmetrics.com/cgi-win/jtypes2.asp
• http://www.myersbriggs.org/my-mbti-personality-type/mbti-basics/
• http://www.teamtechnology.co.uk/mmdi/questionnaire/
Holland’s Theory and Personality Types
• http://www.careerkey.org/choose-a-career/hollands-theory-of-career-
choice.html#.VTFaVenwuUk
• http://www.careerkey.org/choose-a-career/holland-personality-
types.html#.VTFa_OnwuUk
• http://www.careers.govt.nz/educators-practitioners/career-practice/career-theory-
models/hollands-theory/
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 119
Revised August, 2016
Krumboltz’s Learning Theory of Career Counseling
• https://prezi.com/vsl7bvcpq0ga/john-krumboltzs-learning-theory-of-career-
counseling/
• http://www.guidance-research.org/EG/impprac/ImpP2/traditional/learning-
theory/indexfolder_printall
List of Supplementary Materials for the Workshop
1. Blackboard
2. Tell Me More
3. NetTutor
4. Blackboard Collaborate Voice Authoring tools
5. Virtual Library
6. e-books
7. graphic organizers
Assignments to Be Completed Prior to the Workshop
1. Follow the facilitator’s instructions to work on your glossary for the words detailed in
the Technical Vocabulary of the Discipline section.
2. Using the Virtual Library, E-Lab, recommended links, Internet, and other academic
resources, research information on Holland’s Theory of Career Choice and personality
traits. Take notes that will be helpful for class discussion and completion of
activities/tasks.
3. The facilitator will create an oral discussion forum using the Voice Board tool in
Blackboard. Students will orally discuss the importance, value, and long-range effects
of career counseling in higher education and react to the comments of at least three
colleagues.
4. Research information on the counselor’s role regarding assisting students in the process
of making career decisions or choosing an educational program.
a. Write an essay (number of pages determined by the facilitator) explaining this
role and evaluating its importance in these decision-making processes.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 120
Revised August, 2016
b. Be sure to use APA style, include bibliographic citations and references, and
submit the essay to NetTutor for feedback.
c. The facilitator will send written works to SafeAssignTM to check for plagiarism.
5. Research information on the purposes, formats, and components of the Myers-Briggs
Personality Test and the Holland Code Career Test. Take one of these tests prior to the
next workshop, analyze the results, and be prepared to share your findings in class. In
addition, create a Venn diagram comparing and contrasting these two tests.
6. The facilitator will create a written discussion forum using the Discussion Board tool
in Blackboard. Students will address the following:
a. Explain the meaning of vocational identity, according to Holland.
b. Explain two of the basic principles of Holland’s Trait and Factor Theories.
c. Explain how your knowledge of these topics helps you fulfill your role as
counselor.
7. Continue working on the organization and completion of the digital portfolio following
the guidelines stipulated in the Digital Performance Portfolio Assessment Handbook.
8. Go to Tell Me More and continue working on the interactive exercises designed to
develop/improve linguistic skills in English. Submit the document found in Appendix
E: Language Lab/E-Lab Documentation, indicating the amount of time spent working
on the Language Lab/E-Lab activities and exercises.
9. Research information on the history of career counseling, and create a timeline
depicting important advances in this field. Be prepared to share in a cooperative
learning activity.
10. Research information on Krumboltz’s Learning Theory of Career Counseling and
create one or more graphic organizers summarizing the most important features of this
theory.
11. Coordinate your next supervisory visit to the site and review with your faculty
supervisor the site supervisor’s evaluation form. Ensure that you have complied with
completing all the documents required at this time.
12. Continue writing your personal journal that describes your practicum experiences
during the past week. Once again, include meetings, tasks accomplished,
conversations, services rendered, and any other relevant information.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 121
Revised August, 2016
13. Continue working on Activity 1 of the final project which must be completed in
Spanish and submitted in Workshop Seven and on Activity 2 which must be completed
in English and submitted in Workshop Eight. Be prepared to orally share a brief
summary of each of these activities during their respective workshops and to explain
in Workshop Eight a PowerPoint presentation summarizing both of these activities. Be
sure to comply with all the stipulations found in Appendices V, W, and DD.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 122
Revised August, 2016
SIOP Components (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol)
The dual language instructional strategies are indicated below each SIOP component (A-E). These strategies allow the design and delivery of a lesson that addresses the academic and linguistic needs of second language learners. The facilitator must select the Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach (CALLA) strategies that best align to the specific content and language objectives of the workshop and integrate them in the lesson activities to ensure maximum learning and academic performance.
Phase 1: Engage (Refer to the 5E Instructional Model diagram.) A. Lesson Preparation B. Scaffolding __ Adaptation of Content __ Modeling __ Links to Background Knowledge __ Guided Practice __ Links to Past Learning __ Independent Practice __ Incorporated Strategies __ Comprehensible Input Phase 2: Explore; Phase 3: Explain; Phase 4: Extend (Refer to the explanations of these three stages of the lesson.) CALLA Strategies (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach) The facilitator must specify the CALLA learning strategies that will be used in the lesson and explain each one to the students. Names of the Strategies __ Cognitive 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ __ Metacognitive 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ __ Social/Affective 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ C. Grouping Options D. Integration of Language Domains __ Whole Group __ Listening __ Small Group __ Speaking __ Partners __ Reading __ Independent Work __ Writing The facilitator must explain the cooperative learning techniques that will be used to the students. Phase 5: Elaboration (Refer to the explanation of this stage of the lesson.) E. Learning Application __ Dynamic __ Meaningful/Relevant __ Rigorous __ Linked to Objectives
__ Promotes Engagement
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 123
Revised August, 2016
This section of the module corresponds to the following three phases of The 5E
Constructivist Instructional Model:
Phase 2: Explore
The facilitator engages the students in one or more topics in accordance with the course
objectives, allowing them to construct their own knowledge, discover new skills, and examine
their thinking.
Phase 3: Explain
The facilitator provides students with the opportunity to connect their prior knowledge to new
learning, and share what they have learned, its meaning, and how they will apply this
knowledge in their professional lives.
Phase 4: Elaborate
The facilitator encourages students to apply their new knowledge to new or similar situations
and continue to explore its implications in their area of expertise.
Integrated Content and Language Activities to Achieve the Objectives of the Workshop
1. The facilitator will lead the class in a review of the topics covered in the previous
workshop to ensure students’ comprehension.
2. The facilitator will prepare a constructivist activity to review the assignments
completed by the students prior to the workshop and to ensure student comprehension.
All the reading and writing activities must be linked to the technical vocabulary of the
discipline of the workshop.
3. The facilitator will conduct a pronunciation exercise for the technical vocabulary of the
discipline of the workshop. This activity is designed to develop/enhance oral skills,
and it does not involve written activities. The facilitator will use the following seven
steps to teach the vocabulary as the initial activity of the workshop:
a. The facilitator pronounces the word and asks students to repeat it at least three
times.
b. The facilitator uses the word in context from a text used in class.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 124
Revised August, 2016
c. The facilitator provides the dictionary definition/definitions as it/they appear in
the text used in class.
d. The facilitator explains the meaning using terminology that can be understood
by the students (student-friendly language).
e. The facilitator highlights specific linguistic aspects, such as grammar, spelling,
polysemy, and others.
f. The facilitator engages the students in an activity designed to develop word
knowledge skills and the application of the concept to the profession. The
facilitator divides the students in pairs to engage in a “ping pong” activity, in
which each partner provides sentences using the word in context.
g. The facilitator indicates how and when to use the vocabulary required during
the reading and writing activities of the workshop.
4. The students will continue filling out the last three columns of the KWHLAQ Chart
found in Appendix K on the topic determined by the facilitator in Workshop One.
Remember that this assignment will be discussed in the last workshop. 5. The facilitator will conduct a whole class discussion on Holland’s Theory of Career
Choice, including personality types, types of work environment, the correlation
between them, and any other relevant information. Students will refer to the notes taken
prior to the workshop to contribute efficiently and effectively to the discussion.
6. Students will work in small groups to share and discuss the timelines on the history of
career counseling, created prior to the workshop. They will reach a consensus and
either select the timeline that best depicts this information or create a new timeline with
the required information. A representative from each group will explain the timeline
to the rest of the class.
7. Students will work with a partner to share and discuss the graphic organizers created
prior to the workshop on Krumboltz’s Learning Theory of Career Counseling. They
will consolidate their information, create one or more organizers explaining these
concepts, and explain it/them to their colleagues.
8. Students will discuss in detail the purposes, formats, and components of the Myers-
Briggs Personality Test and the Holland Code Career Test.
a. They will then share the Venn diagrams comparing and contrasting them.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 125
Revised August, 2016
b. Students will voluntarily share the results of their own tests with the rest of the
class.
c. In addition, they will discuss their personal experience taking the test, how they
feel regarding the test results, any possible changes they may make in their
plans as a result of the findings of the test, and any other relevant information.
d. They will also voice their personal opinions regarding the value and importance
of students taking these tests.
e. Students will give and provide productive feedback.
9. The facilitator will divide the class into two groups, and each group will design a
concept map explaining Holland’s personality codes. Each group will present its
findings to the class.
10. The students will work in groups and analyze how they, as counselors, can specifically
assist students in the process of making career decisions or choosing an educational
program.
a. They will refer to the essays written prior to the workshop to gather information.
b. Each group will prepare an oral presentation, using illustrations, graphic
organizers, drawings, mock interviews, role-playing, and/or PowerPoint to
make their information more comprehensible and interesting.
c. Each group member must participate in the delivery of the presentation.
d. Feedback and question/answer sessions will follow each presentation.
11. The facilitator will discuss and clarify doubts regarding the assignments due prior to
the next workshop.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 126
Revised August, 2016
Phase 5: Evaluate
The facilitator uses different assessments to ensure that the students have understood the topics
of the workshop and have progressed towards the attainment of their educational goals.
Assessment – final phase of The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model (differentiated by
second language proficiency levels)
1. Individual: Demonstration of netiquette and correct use of oral and written English in
the oral and written discussion forums on the importance, value, and long-range effects
of career counseling in higher education and the questions indicated by the facilitator;
effective completion of the Myers-Briggs Personality Test or the Holland Code Career
Test.
2. Group: Group collaboration and active participation in the preparation of the
presentation on how they, as counselors, can specifically assist students in the process
of making career decisions or choosing an educational program.
3. Written: Demonstration of correct writing skills in English and the use of APA in the
effective completion of the essay on the counselor’s role regarding assisting students
in the process of making career decisions or choosing an educational program.
4. Oral: Effective delivery of the presentation on how they, as counselors, can specifically
assist students in the process of making career decisions or choosing an educational
program, demonstrating critical and analytical thinking, application of new knowledge
and academic vocabulary, effective speaking skills, and creative presentation
techniques.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 127
Revised August, 2016
Lesson Wrap-Up
1. Individual: Students will write a self-reflection on one or more of the questions found
in Appendix I: Self-Reflection which either they or the facilitator selects.
2. Group: Students will select one specific situation or challenge they faced in their
practicum experience and share it with their colleagues, emphasizing the steps they
took to resolve this situation.
3. Application of New Knowledge: Students will reflect on how they will specifically
apply their new knowledge regarding the different career and personality tests in their
profession as a counselor and share their thoughts with their colleagues.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 128
Revised August, 2016
TALLER SIETE
Modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E
El modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E representa las cinco fases de la secuencia de
enseñanza y aprendizaje. Las cinco fases son: Enfocar, Explorar, Explicar, Entender,
Extender/Elaborar y Evaluar (NASA, 2013).
Fase 1: Enfocar
Esta fase pretende captar la atención y el interés del estudiante para involucrarlo en la lección,
mientras se evalúa el aprendizaje previo.
Objetivos específicos de contenido
Al terminar este taller, el estudiante será capaz de
1. Explorar las diferentes etapas del proceso de consejería.
2. Describir los tipos de estrés.
3. Evaluar diferentes estrategias para reducir el estrés.
4. Explicar el proceso de búsqueda de empleo y estrategias para una entrevista de trabajo
efectiva.
Objetivos específicos de lenguaje
Al terminar este taller, el estudiante será capaz de
1. Escuchar: Escuchar con atención las contribuciones de los compañeros al foro de
discusión oral sobre consejos o elementos necesarios para realizar una entrevista de
empleo efectiva, para poder reaccionar de manera eficaz a dichos comentarios.
2. Hablar: Demostrar buenas destrezas orales, al igual que aplicación de nuevo
conocimiento y pensamiento crítico y analítico en las discusiones de clase sobre las
diferentes estrategias o técnicas que se pueden utilizar con los estudiantes para lidiar
con el estrés, consejos o elementos necesarios para realizar una entrevista de empleo
efectiva, las etapas del proceso de consejería y el rol del consejero en la etapa final del
estudiante universitario.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 129
Revised August, 2016
3. Leer: Investigar sobre las diferentes estrategias o técnicas que se pueden utilizar con
los estudiantes para lidiar con el estrés y leer, de manera crítica y analítica, el resumé
preparado por un compañero para poder ofrecer retroalimentación productiva.
4. Escribir: Demostrar buen uso del español y el estilo APA, al igual que la aplicación
de nuevos conocimientos y el vocabulario técnico del taller en la redacción del ensayo
sobre las etapas del proceso de consejería y el rol del consejero en la etapa final del
estudiante universitario.
Objetivos específicos de avalúo/evaluación
Al finalizar el curso, el facilitador habrá evaluado a los estudiantes en los siguientes renglones:
1. Evaluación: Recomendar diferentes estrategias o técnicas que se pueden utilizar con
los estudiantes para lidiar con el estrés.
2. Síntesis: Explicar las etapas del proceso de consejería y el rol del consejero en la etapa
final del estudiante universitario.
3. Análisis: Examinar y aplicar las técnicas para preparar un resumé efectivo, eficaz y
preciso.
Vocabulario técnico de la disciplina
1. resumé
2. entrevista
3. consejería ocupacional
4. destrezas
5. intereses
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 130
Revised August, 2016
Expediting Comprehension for English Language Learners (ExC-ELL)
Componente - Vocabulario
Existen tres niveles de palabras que afectan la comprensión y el rendimiento académico (Calderón, 2011).
Nivel 1: Se refiere a las palabras básicas que los aprendices de un segundo idioma necesitan para comunicarse, leer y escribir. Este nivel incluye los vocablos que deben enseñarse debido a la naturaleza de su ortografía (hacienda, hipopótamo), pronunciación o confusión con los homófonos (vez y ves; hablando y ablando; sierra y cierra), falsos cognados (éxito; embarazada; suceso) y conocimientos previos (rascacielos; cortadora de césped).
Nivel 2: Trata acerca del procesamiento de los vocablos que alberga el Nivel 3 en oraciones largas, palabras polisémicas (con múltiples significados), homónimos (casa y caza), homógrafos (arroyo y arrollo), palabras/frases de transición (sin embargo; al igual que; por ejemplo), conectores lingüísticos de causa y efecto (porque; debido a; como resultado; por ende; en consecuencia). También se incluyen aquellas frases de transición que se usan para contrastar (a diferencia de; por el contrario; no obstante), para añadir ideas (además; aparte de; también) y para comparar (así como; del mismo modo). Además, se consideran los grupos de palabras (alcance y secuencia; lenguaje académico), los modismos o frases idiomáticas (dar en el clavo, ponerse en sus zapatos, con la soga al cuello) y las palabras más sofisticadas, que son apropiadas para las discusiones y descripciones específicas (ejemplos de especificidad para "hablar": discutir, declarar, conversar).
Nivel 3: Se centra en palabras, de temas específicos, que definen los conceptos de contenido de una disciplina, materias y temas. Estos vocablos académicos se utilizan con poca frecuencia, fuera del contexto académico. Algunos ejemplos son: fotosíntesis, farmacología, democracia, hemorragia, ósmosis y autismo. El facilitador seleccionará tres palabras del Nivel 1 que dificultarán la comprensión de los vocablos del taller que requiera las del Nivel 2. Escoja tres palabras del Nivel 3, que sean críticas para comprender y aprender los conceptos del taller. Las palabras del Nivel 1 deben abordarse según aparecen en las actividades de enseñanza y aprendizaje en el aula.
Nivel 1
Palabas básicas Nivel 2
Palabras sofisticadas, modismos y frases de transición
Nivel 3 Palabras académicas
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 131
Revised August, 2016
Enlaces electrónicos
El modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E
• http://bscs.org/sites/default/files/_legacy/BSCS_5E_Instructional_Model-
Executive_Summary_0.pdf
• http://faculty.mwsu.edu/west/maryann.coe/coe/inquire/inquiry.htm
Biblioteca Virtual
• http://bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu/
Diccionario de la Real Academia Española
• http://www.rae.es/
Diccionario panhispánico de dudas de la Real Academia Española
• http://rae.es/recursos/diccionarios/dpd
Fundación del Español Urgente
• http://www.fundeu.es/
Resumé
• http://www.modelocurriculum.net/wp-content/resume_estandar_espanol.pdf
• http://trabajo.about.com/od/curriculum_vitae/a/Consejos-Para-Preparar-Tu-
Resume.htm
• http://www.ece.uprm.edu/coop/coop/spanish/preparandote/resume.htm
Entrevista de empleo
• http://www.entrevistadetrabajo.org/
• http://www.donempleo.com/entrevista-trabajo.asp
• http://www.gipe.ua.es/es/consejos-para-superar-una-entrevista-de-trabajo
Manejo del estrés
• http://www.studygs.net/espanol/stress.htm
• http://www.medicina21.com/doc.php?op=especialidad3&id=2365
• http://www.apa.org/centrodeapoyo/tipos.aspx
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 132
Revised August, 2016
Lista de recursos suplementarios para el taller
1. Blackboard
2. Tell Me More
3. NetTutor
4. Herramientas de voz de Blackboard Collaborate
5. Biblioteca Virtual
6. e-libro
7. organizadores gráficos
Asignaciones que realizará antes del taller
1. Continúe trabajando en su glosario del curso con los conceptos detallados en la sección
“Vocabulario técnico de la disciplina”; siga las instrucciones del facilitador.
2. Utilice la Biblioteca Virtual, el Internet y otros recursos académicos del E-Lab, como
libros electrónicos, para investigar sobre las diferentes estrategias o técnicas que se
pueden utilizar con los estudiantes para lidiar con el estrés. Prepare un resumen o un
bosquejo y llévelo a clases para contribuir a la discusión del material y aclarar dudas.
3. El facilitador creará un foro de discusión oral en la herramienta Voice Board de
Blackboard. En dicho foro, el estudiante discutirá oralmente cuatro consejos o
elementos necesarios para realizar una entrevista de empleo efectiva. El resto de la
clase reaccionará oralmente a los comentarios de tres compañeros.
4. Investigue sobre las etapas del proceso de consejería y el rol del consejero en la etapa
final del estudiante universitario. Escriba un ensayo (número de páginas determinado
por el facilitador) que explique estos temas. Asegúrese de redactar según APA, incluya
las citas y referencias y envíelo a NetTutor para recibir retroalimentación. El facilitador
enviará los trabajos escritos a SafeAssignTM
para detectar casos de plagio.
5. Utilice la Biblioteca Virtual, el Internet y otros recursos académicos del E-Lab, como
libros electrónicos, para investigar sobre los siguientes temas. Resuma por escrito la
importancia que tienen los mismos para usted, como profesional, y llegue preparado
para hablar al respecto.
a. Requisitos de educación bilingüe
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 133
Revised August, 2016
b. Exámenes de certificación de maestros del estado en que reside y/o de consejero
nacional y/o del estado en que reside
c. Integración de la tecnología de instrucción en el salón de clase y/o en la
profesión de consejero.
6. El facilitador creará un foro de discusión escrita, en la herramienta Discussion Board.
En dicho foro los alumnos contestarán las siguientes preguntas:
a. ¿Qué haría usted como consejero para reducir el estrés de un estudiante que está
terminando sus cursos y está listo para entrar al mundo laboral?
b. Explique dos estrategias en detalle.
7. Siga practicando los ejercicios de Tell Me More que se han diseñado para desarrollar
sus destrezas lingüísticas en español.
8. Continúe trabajando en su portafolio digital; siga las instrucciones estipuladas en el
Digital Performance Portfolio Assessment Handbook.
9. Examine el proceso de una entrevista de empleo y los pasos a seguir antes, durante y
después de la entrevista. Diseñe uno o más organizadores gráficos que expliquen
estos pasos.
10. Haga una lista de diez de las preguntas más comunes que usualmente se hacen
durante una entrevista.
11. Busque información sobre los elementos necesarios y las características que debe
tener un resumé efectivo, eficaz y preciso. Escriba sus hallazgos utilizando un
organizador gráfico y traiga el mismo a la clase.
12. Basado en sus hallazgos sobre las características que debe tener un resumé efectivo,
eficaz y preciso, escriba su resumé o uno ficticio y esté preparado para compartirlo en
clase.
13. Escriba a manera de diario reflexivo un ensayo de sus experiencias esta semana en su
centro de práctica, incluyendo reuniones, logros, servicios prestados, retos y cualquier
otra información relevante.
14. Finalice la Actividad 1 del proyecto final redactada en español para entregar en este
taller. Continúe trabajando en la Actividad 2 que será entregada en inglés en el Taller
Ocho. Esté preparado para compartir oralmente un breve resumen de cada actividad
en el taller correspondiente y para explicar su presentación en PowerPoint sobre ambas
actividades en el Taller Ocho.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 134
Revised August, 2016
Componentes de SIOP (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol) Las estrategias de instrucción bilingüe aparecen debajo de cada componente de SIOP (A-E). Estas estrategias permiten diseñar e impartir una lección que responda a las necesidades académicas y lingüísticas de los estudiantes que aprenden un segundo idioma. El facilitador debe seleccionar las estrategias de Enfoque Académico Cognitivo de Aprendizaje de Idioma (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach, conocido como CALLA por sus siglas en inglés), que mejor correspondan a los objetivos específicos de contenido y lenguaje del taller, para integrarlas en las actividades de manera que los alumnos puedan obtener el máximo provecho académico. Fase 1: Enfocar (Refiérase al diagrama del modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E.) A. Preparación de la lección B. Andamiaje (Scaffolding)
__ Adaptación de contenido __ Modelaje __ Enlaces con el conocimiento previo __ Práctica dirigida __ Enlaces con el aprendizaje previo __ Práctica independiente __ Estrategias incorporadas __ Entrada (input) comprensible Fase 2: Explorar; Fase 3: Explicar; Fase 4: Extender (Refiérase a las explicaciones de estas tres etapas de la lección). Estrategias de CALLA (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach) El facilitador debe especificar las estrategias que usará en cada lección y explicarlas a los estudiantes. Nombres de las estrategias __ Cognitiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ __ Metacognitiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ __ Socioafectiva 1)___________________ 2)__________________ C. Opciones de agrupamiento D. Integración de las artes del lenguaje __ Grupo completo __ Escuchar __ Grupos pequeños __ Hablar __ Trabajo en pares __ Leer __ Trabajo independiente __ Escribir El facilitador debe explicar las técnicas de colaboración que utilizará en clase. Fase 5: Elaboración (Refiérase a la explicación de esta etapa de la lección.) E. Aplicación de aprendizaje __ Dinámica __ Significativa y relevante __ Rigurosa __ Vinculada a los objetivos __ Promueve la participación
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 135
Revised August, 2016
Esta sección del módulo corresponde a las siguientes tres fases del modelo de instrucción
constructivista de las 5E:
Fase 2: Explorar
En esta fase el facilitador involucra al estudiante en uno o varios temas de acuerdo con los
objetivos del curso. Esto permite que el alumno construya su propio conocimiento.
Fase 3: Explicar
El facilitador provee al alumno la oportunidad de comunicar lo que ha aprendido, lo que
significa y cómo lo aplicará a su carrera profesional.
Fase 4: Elaborar
El facilitador promueve que el estudiante aplique los conocimientos nuevos y explore sus
implicaciones en su área de especialidad.
Actividades integradas de contenido y lenguaje para lograr los objetivos del taller
1. El facilitador repasará los temas que se cubrieron en el taller anterior para asegurarse
de que los alumnos comprendan el material.
2. El facilitador preparará una actividad constructivista para repasar las asignaciones que
los estudiantes completaron antes del taller y para comprobar que entendieron el
material. Habrá oportunidad para aclarar dudas. Todas las actividades de lectura y
escritura tienen que estar relacionadas con el vocabulario técnico de la disciplina.
3. El facilitador llevará a cabo un ejercicio de pronunciación para repasar los conceptos
del vocabulario clave de la disciplina. Estas actividades se realizan para desarrollar
solamente las destrezas de comunicación oral. Por lo tanto, no se les añaden
actividades escritas. El facilitador utilizará los siguientes siete pasos para enseñar el
vocabulario como actividad inicial del taller:
a. El facilitador pronunciará la palabra y los estudiantes la repetirán tres veces.
b. El facilitador usará el vocablo en el contexto de enseñanza, del artículo o de la
lectura que utiliza en clase.
c. El facilitador definirá el concepto según el diccionario, artículo o texto que
estudien.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 136
Revised August, 2016
d. El facilitador explicará sencillamente el significado del término para que el
alumno lo entienda; empleará un lenguaje básico, claro y familiar para los
estudiantes.
e. El facilitador se enfocará en algunos aspectos lingüísticos, tales como la
gramática, el deletreo y la polisemia, entre otros.
f. El facilitador involucrará a los estudiantes en actividades que fomenten el
desarrollo de destrezas y el dominio del vocabulario, dentro del contexto de la
disciplina de estudio. El facilitador reagrupará a los estudiantes en parejas.
Cada tándem (pareja) participará en la actividad conocida como tenis de mesa
(ping pong) en la que cada participante creará una oración a la que aplicará la
palabra del vocabulario, según el contexto que estudió.
g. El facilitador indicará cómo y cuándo los estudiantes utilizarán el vocabulario
en el resto de las actividades de lectura y escritura del taller.
4. El facilitador dividirá la clase en tres grupos y les asignará sendos (uno a cada uno)
temas de investigación de la siguiente lista. (El facilitador podrá diseñar un
ejercicio creativo que gire en torno al mismo material de esta actividad).
a. Grupo 1 - Requisitos de educación bilingüe
b. Grupo 2 - Exámenes de certificación de maestros del estado en que reside
y/o de consejero nacional y/o del estado en que reside
c. Grupo 3 - Integración de la tecnología de instrucción en el salón de clase
y/o en la profesión de consejero.
Cada grupo presentará un informe oral, sobre el tema que se le asignó; el facilitador
determinará la duración de la conferencia que brindarán. Además, resaltará la
importancia que tiene para el profesional docente e incluirá la información
específica que indique el facilitador. Los estudiantes deberán referirse a los
resúmenes que escribieron como asignación antes del taller. El facilitador utilizará
la rúbrica del Apéndice H: Rúbrica de Presentación Oral y Audiovisual
Individual/Grupal que se encuentra en la sección de apéndices. El facilitador es
responsable de explicar la rúbrica y la manera en que evaluará a los alumnos.
5. El facilitador dividirá la clase en cinco grupos y cada grupo explicará una de las
palabras de vocabulario utilizando un organizador gráfico.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 137
Revised August, 2016
6. El facilitador dirigirá un discusión sobre sobre las diferentes estrategias o técnicas
que se pueden utilizar con los estudiantes para lidiar con el estrés. Los alumnos se
referirán a los resúmenes o bosquejos preparados antes del taller para contribuir
información valiosa a dicha discusión.
7. Los alumnos trabajarán en parejas y discutirán cuatro consejos o elementos
necesarios para realizar una entrevista de empleo efectiva. Cada pareja presentará
a la clase un juego de rol dramatizando lo discutido.
8. Los estudiantes trabajarán en pequeños grupos y compartirán los ensayos escritos
antes del taller sobre las etapas del proceso de consejería y el rol del consejero en
la etapa final del estudiante universitario. Como grupo, formularán una lista de los
cinco conceptos más importantes que aprendieron sobre cada uno de estos temas y
representantes del grupo los explicarán al resto de la clase.
9. El facilitador dividirá la clase en cuatro grupos y le asignará a cada grupo uno de
los siguientes temas:
a. pasos a seguir antes de una entrevista de empleo,
b. pasos a seguir durante una entrevista de empleo,
c. pasos a seguir después de una entrevista de empleo o
d. diez de las preguntas más comunes que usualmente se hacen durante una
entrevista de empleo.
Los estudiantes se referirán a los organizadores gráficos o listas que prepararon
antes del taller para preparar un resumen de los hallazgos del grupo. Un
representante de cada grupo presentará la información de su grupo al resto de la
clase.
10. El facilitador dirigirá una discusión sobre los elementos necesarios y las
características que debe tener un resumé efectivo, eficaz y preciso.
a. Los estudiantes compartirán los organizadores gráficos preparados antes del
taller sobre este tema.
b. También explorarán los diferentes estilos de resumé.
c. Cada grupo presentará a la clase un resumen de lo discutido utilizando un
organizador gráfico.
11. Los estudiantes compartirán con un colega el resumé que escribieron antes del
taller. Cada alumno examinará de manera crítica y analítica el trabajo de su
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 138
Revised August, 2016
compañero y ofrecerá retroalimentación productiva. Luego compartirán lo que
aprendieron de dichas críticas con el resto de la clase.
12. Recuerde seguir llenando el resto de las columnas del Apéndice K: KWHLAQ Chart
a lo largo del curso, de manera que las discutan en la última semana.
13. Cada estudiante entregará la Actividad 1 de su proyecto final según determine el
facilitador y compartirá un breve resumen del mismo con la clase.
14. Finalmente, el facilitador mencionará y aclarará las tareas que realizarán antes del
próximo taller.
Fase 5: Evaluar
A través de la evaluación, el facilitador se asegurará de que los alumnos hayan aprendido el
material del taller y hayan alcanzado las metas educacionales.
Evaluación - Etapa final del modelo de instrucción constructivista de las 5E (diferenciada por
los niveles del dominio de un segundo idioma)
1. Individual: Demostración de netiqueta y buenas destrezas orales y de escritura al
participar en los respectivos foros de discusión sobre consejos o elementos necesarios
para realizar una entrevista de empleo efectiva y al contestar las preguntas indicadas
por el facilitador.
2. Grupal: Demostración de colaboración grupal y participación activa en las discusiones
de clase sobre las diferentes estrategias o técnicas que se pueden utilizar con los
estudiantes para lidiar con el estrés y consejos o elementos necesarios para realizar una
entrevista de empleo efectiva.
3. Escrita: Uso de buen español y el estilo APA en la redacción del ensayo sobre las
etapas del proceso de consejería y el rol del consejero en la etapa final del estudiante
universitario y en la redacción de la Actividad 1 del proyecto final.
4. Oral/Auditiva: Demostración de buenas destrezas orales al trabajar en parejas y
discutir cuatro consejos o elementos necesarios para realizar una entrevista de empleo
efectiva, mediante un juego de rol dramatizando lo discutido.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 139
Revised August, 2016
Cierre del taller
1. Individual: Los estudiantes escribirán su autorreflexión basados en la(s) pregunta(s)
que escojan o se les asigne(n) del Apéndice I: Autorreflexión.
2. Grupal: Los estudiantes formarán un círculo y cada uno compartirá con la clase sus
experiencias en su centro de práctica esta semana, dándole énfasis a situaciones
retadoras y a sus logros; ofrecerán y recibirán retroalimentación productiva del
facilitador y de sus colegas.
3. Aplicación de nuevo conocimiento: Basado en lo aprendido en este taller, la clase
preparará, como grupo, un resumé ficticio con los componentes esenciales de un
resumé efectivo, eficaz y preciso.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 140
Revised August, 2016
WORKSHOP EIGHT
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model represents the five phases of the teaching and
learning sequence. The five phases are: Engage, Explore, Explain, Extend/Elaborate, and
Evaluate (NASA, 2013).
Phase 1: Engage
This phase aims to get the students’ attention and generate their interest in order to engage
them in the lesson, while assessing the previous learning.
Specific Content Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the student will be able to
1. Summarize the practicum experience and the termination of counseling services.
2. Evaluate the practicum, site supervision, and faculty supervision experience.
3. Formulate suggestions for future placement.
4. Describe the action plan designed to address an area of need at the practicum site.
Specific Language Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the student will be able to
1. Listen: Demonstrate effective listening skills during colleagues’ explanation of their
final project PowerPoint presentation by keeping eye contact with the speaker, asking
relevant questions, not interrupting the speaker needlessly to make a point, and
providing productive feedback.
2. Speak: Demonstrate effective speaking skills in the explanation of the PowerPoint
presentation on Activity 1 and Activity 2 of the final project.
3. Read: Research information to formulate an action plan designed to address an area
of need at the practicum site.
4. Write: Compose an essay on his/her practicum experiences, demonstrating effective
writing skills in English, use of APA style, creative and analytical thinking, and the
application of new knowledge and the technical vocabulary of the course.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 141
Revised August, 2016
Specific Assessment Objectives
Upon the completion of this workshop, the facilitator will have evaluated the student’s
competencies as follows:
1. Evaluation: Evaluate his/her experience during the practicum experience in student
affairs counseling.
2. Synthesis: Summarize one’s experience in practicing counseling in higher education.
3. Analysis: Examine the different final projects presented in class by one’s peers.
Technical Vocabulary of the Discipline
1. conclusion
2. evaluation
3. expectations
4. termination
5. goals
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 142
Revised August, 2016
Expediting Comprehension for English Language Learners (ExC-ELL)
Component - Vocabulary
There are three types of words that affect comprehension and academic success. (Calderón, 2011).
Tier 1 are basic words which second language learners need to communicate, read, and write. These include words that should be taught due to spelling (tough, toothache), pronunciation or confusion with homophones (ship/chip, blue/blew, sum/some), false cognates (exit, embarrassed, success), and background knowledge (skyscraper, lawnmower).
Tier 2 are information processing words that nest Tier 3 words in long sentences, polysemous words - homonyms or homographs (solution, power, table, roll, left), transition words (however, as well as, nevertheless, for instance), connectors (for cause and effect – because, due to, as a result; for contrast – but, although, in contrast; for addition or comparison – and, also, moreover), phrase clusters (scope and sequence, academic language) and idioms (give me a break, walk in her shoes), and more sophisticated words for discussions and specificity in descriptions (examples of specificity for the word “talk” are argue, declare, converse).
Tier 3 are subject-specific words that label content discipline concepts, subjects, and topics. They are infrequently used academic words. Some examples are: photosynthesis, pharmacology, democracy, hemorrhage, osmosis, and autism. The facilitator will select three words from Tier 1 that will hinder comprehension of required workshop Tier 2 words and three targeted Tier 3 words critical for comprehension and learning of the concepts for the workshop. Tier 1 words must be addressed as they appear in teaching and learning activities in the classroom.
Tier 1 Simple Words
Tier 2 Information Processing
Words
Tier 3 Academic Words
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 143
Revised August, 2016
Electronic Links
The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model
• http://bscs.org/sites/default/files/_legacy/BSCS_5E_Instructional_Model-
Executive_Summary_0.pdf
• http://faculty.mwsu.edu/west/maryann.coe/coe/inquire/inquiry.htm
Virtual Library
• http://bibliotecavirtualut.suagm.edu/
Psychotherapy Termination
• http://societyforpsychotherapy.org/say-goodbye-research-psychotherapy-
termination/
Example of Practicum in Counseling Handbook
• http://its.nmhu.edu/IntranetUploads/002732-PracticumHa-1210201211607.3.pdf
List of Supplementary Materials for the Workshop
1. Blackboard
2. Tell Me More
3. NetTutor
4. Blackboard Collaborate Voice Authoring tools
5. Virtual Library
6. e-books
7. graphic organizers
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 144
Revised August, 2016
Assignments to Be Completed Prior to the Workshop
1. Follow the facilitator’s instructions to work on your glossary for the words detailed in
the Technical Vocabulary of the Discipline section.
2. Using the Virtual Library, Internet, and/or other academic resources from the E-Lab,
research information on the termination of counseling services. Write a summary to
discuss in class.
3. The facilitator will create an oral discussion forum using the Voice Board tool in
Blackboard. Students will orally discuss a minimum of three suggestions for future
placement. React to the comments of at least three colleagues.
4. Write an essay (number of pages determined by the facilitator) about your practicum
experience. Be sure to use APA style, include bibliographic citations and references,
and submit to NetTutor for feedback. The facilitator will send written works to
SafeAssignTM to check for plagiarism.
5. Prepare a tree chart or another graphic organizer of your choice describing five
highlights of your practicum experiences. Be prepared to participate in a cooperative
learning activity in class.
6. The facilitator will create a written discussion forum using the Discussion Board tool
in Blackboard. Students will answer the following question:
a. What three tips would you give a student who is starting his/her practicum
experience?
b. Is there anything that you would have done differently during your practicum
experience? Explain.
7. Finalize the organization and completion of the digital portfolio following the
guidelines stipulated in the Digital Performance Portfolio Assessment Handbook.
Follow the facilitator’s instructions regarding the submission of the portfolio.
8. Go to Tell Me More and finalize the interactive exercises designed to develop/improve
linguistic skills in English. Submit the document found in Appendix E: Language
Lab/E-Lab Documentation indicating the amount of time spent working on the
Language Lab/E-Lab activities and exercises.
9. Finalize Activity 2 of the final project and be prepared to orally share a brief summary
with the class.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 145
Revised August, 2016
10. Complete ALL the forms and documents including, among others, those indicated
below, that are required at this time, and bring them to the last workshop.
a. Appendix R, Practicum Hours Accounting Log
b. Appendix T, Site Supervisor Student Evaluation
c. Appendix Y, Practicum Student Self-Evaluation
d. Appendix Z, Practicum Student Evaluation of Site Supervision
e. Appendix BB, Practicum Agreement
11. Prepare a PowerPoint presentation of the topic you chose for your final project. Include
a maximum of six slides, three slides for Activity 1 and three slides for Activity 2,
which summarize the highlights of your project. Be prepared to present it in class.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 146
Revised August, 2016
SIOP Components (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol) The dual language instructional strategies are indicated below each SIOP component (A-E). These strategies allow the design and delivery of a lesson that addresses the academic and linguistic needs of second language learners. The facilitator must select the Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach (CALLA) strategies that best align to the specific content and language objectives of the workshop and integrate them in the lesson activities to ensure maximum learning and academic performance.
Phase 1: Engage (Refer to the 5E Instructional Model diagram.) A. Lesson Preparation B. Scaffolding __ Adaptation of Content __ Modeling __ Links to Background Knowledge __ Guided Practice __ Links to Past Learning __ Independent Practice __ Incorporated Strategies __ Comprehensible Input Phase 2: Explore; Phase 3: Explain; Phase 4: Extend (Refer to the explanations of these three stages of the lesson.) CALLA Strategies (Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach) The facilitator must specify the CALLA learning strategies that will be used in the lesson and explain each one to the students. Names of the Strategies __ Cognitive 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ __ Metacognitive 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ __ Social/Affective 1)_______________________ 2)_______________________ C. Grouping Options D. Integration of Language Domains __ Whole Group __ Listening __ Small Group __ Speaking __ Partners __ Reading __ Independent Work __ Writing The facilitator must explain the cooperative learning techniques that will be used to the students. Phase 5: Elaboration (Refer to the explanation of this stage of the lesson.) E. Learning Application __ Dynamic __ Meaningful/Relevant __ Rigorous __ Linked to Objectives
__ Promotes Engagement
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 147
Revised August, 2016
This section of the module corresponds to the following three phases of The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model:
Phase 2: Explore
The facilitator engages the students in one or more topics in accordance with the course
objectives, allowing them to construct their own knowledge, discover new skills, and examine
their thinking.
Phase 3: Explain
The facilitator provides students with the opportunity to connect their prior knowledge to new
learning, and share what they have learned, its meaning, and how they will apply this
knowledge in their professional lives.
Phase 4: Elaborate
The facilitator encourages students to apply their new knowledge to new or similar situations
and continue to explore its implications in their area of expertise.
Integrated Content and Language Activities to Achieve the Objectives of the Workshop
1. The facilitator will lead the class in a review of the topics covered in the previous
workshop to ensure students’ comprehension.
2. The facilitator will prepare a constructivist activity to review the assignments
completed by the students prior to the workshop and to ensure student comprehension.
All the reading and writing activities must be linked to the technical vocabulary of the
discipline of the workshop.
3. The facilitator will conduct a pronunciation exercise for the technical vocabulary of the
discipline of the workshop. This activity is designed to develop/enhance oral skills,
and it does not involve written activities. The facilitator will use the following seven
steps to teach the vocabulary as the initial activity of the workshop:
a. The facilitator pronounces the word and asks students to repeat it at least three
times.
b. The facilitator uses the word in context from a text used in class.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 148
Revised August, 2016
c. The facilitator provides the dictionary definition/definitions as it/they appear in
the text used in class.
d. The facilitator explains the meaning using terminology that can be understood
by the students (student-friendly language).
e. The facilitator highlights specific linguistic aspects, such as grammar, spelling,
polysemy, and others.
f. The facilitator engages the students in an activity designed to develop word
knowledge skills and the application of the concept to the profession. The
facilitator divides the students in pairs to engage in a “ping pong” activity, in
which each partner provides sentences using the word in context.
g. The facilitator indicates how and when to use the vocabulary required during
the reading and writing activities of the workshop.
4. The students will complete the last three columns of the KWHLAQ Chart found in
Appendix K on the topic determined by the facilitator in Workshop One and share their
information. A whole class discussion will follow, including a question and answer
session and a feedback session.
5. The facilitator will conduct a whole class discussion on the termination of counseling
services. Students will refer to the summaries written prior to the workshop to
contribute valuable information to the discussion.
6. Students will work in small groups to share some of the highlights of their practicum
experiences. They will refer to the essays and organizers prepared prior to the
workshop to contribute to the discussion. As a group, they will reach a consensus and
select five specific experiences that stand out from the rest and share them with the
class.
7. Students, working with a partner, will select and analyze a real case from one of their
practicum sites, and share their analysis with the rest of the class.
8. Each student will orally share a brief summary of Activity 2 of the final project with
the class.
9. Each student will deliver his/her PowerPoint presentation on the final project.
Feedback and question/answer sessions will follow each presentation.
10. Working individually, the students will discuss their final evaluation with the
facilitator.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 149
Revised August, 2016
11. Students will complete Appendix Y: Practicum Students Self-Evaluation and
compare it with the one they completed in Workshop Two.
12. Working in small groups, students will design and create a poster depicting and
representing their practicum experiences. Students are encouraged to be creative in
the creation of their work. Each group will pick a student to explain the poster to the
class.
13. Students will write a one-page summary using correct Standard English, explaining
how the language/e-lab activities contributed to and benefitted the acquisition,
improvement, and/or enhancement of their English and Spanish linguistic skills.
14. Students will complete the final course evaluation.
Phase 5: Evaluate
The facilitator will assess and evaluate the students’ understanding and progress toward
educational goals.
Assessment – final phase of The 5E Constructivist Instructional Model (differentiated by
second language proficiency levels)
1. Individual: Demonstration of effective oral and written skills in English in the
participation in the discussion forums on suggestions for future placement and the
questions indicated by the facilitator.
2. Group: Demonstration of collaborative skills in the analysis of an actual case from one
of their practicum sites.
3. Written: Demonstration of effective writing skills in English, as well as compliance
with all of the facilitator’s instructions, in the accurate completion of Activity 2 of the
final project and in the completion of the essay on the practicum experience.
4. Oral: Demonstration of effective speaking skills in English, application of new
knowledge, as well as creative and analytical thinking, in the explanation of the
PowerPoint presentation on the final project.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 150
Revised August, 2016
Lesson Wrap-Up
1. Individual: Students will write an end-of-course reflection addressing the following:
a. Explain your most significant learning from this course?
b. Did that learning fit into your personal learning objectives? Explain.
c. What was the most valuable lesson you learned from your practicum
experience?
2. Group: Students will share their end-of-course reflections and provide productive
feedback to one another.
3. Application of New Knowledge: Each student will share how he/she will apply their
most significant learning from this course and the most valuable lesson learned from
the practicum experience in their profession as a counselor in student affairs in higher
education.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 151
Revised August, 2016
Apéndices/Appendices
Explanatory Note for Appendices Section: All the appendices in the module are identified with the words Apéndice and/or Appendix, in both Spanish and/or English, followed by a letter. Any document that is retrieved/cited will appear only in the language in which it was originally written. However, the majority of the documents and/or rubrics that are the sole property of the Ana G. Méndez University System will appear in both English and Spanish. Nota aclaratoria de la sección de apéndices: Todos los apéndices del módulo están identificados con las palabras <<Apéndice>> o <<Appendix>> y están acompañados de su correspondiente letra. Todo el material citado, en la sección de apéndices, aparecerá en el idioma que se escribió originalmente. En cambio, la mayoría de los recursos y rúbricas que pertenecen al Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez aparecerán en ambos idiomas (inglés y español).
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 152
Revised August, 2016
Appendix A
National Proficiency Levels for Differentiated Instruction
Retrieved from: WIDA Consortium http://www.wida.us/
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 153
Revised August, 2016
Appendix A National Proficiency Levels for Differentiated Instruction
“Can Do” Listening Rubric Instructions to use these rubrics: The facilitator will use these rubrics to diagnose the different levels of proficiency of the students in the class. Once the facilitator has identified the students by proficiency levels, he/she can use this information to assign groups and activities utilizing differentiated instruction. These rubrics do not have an evaluation scale because they are used as an informal diagnostic tool.
National Proficiency Levels Criteria Starting
• Identifies objects. • Names concrete objects. • Points to picture/object of the word heard. • Follows simple commands. • Repeats words or simple phrases. • Understands simple messages – gestures, pointing.
Emerging
• Draws a picture. • Requires continuous repetition. • Follows verbal dictations. • Checks-off words that were heard. • Repeats information heard to determine comprehension. • Understands slow speech and multiple repetitions.
Developing • Understands more details of spoken language. • Needs limited or no repetition and slow speech. • Understands basic academic vocabulary which is frequently used in class
discussions. • Understands class discussions with some difficulty. • Understands most of what was said.
Expanding • Needs limited or no repetition at normal speed speech. • Understands academic vocabulary used in class discussions. • Understands class discussions with little difficulty. • Understands nearly everything said.
Bridging • Needs no repetition at normal speed speech. • Understands elaborate academic vocabulary used in class discussions. • Understands class discussions with no difficulty. • Demonstrates a native-like English speaker’s understanding of what is said.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 154
Revised August, 2016
“Can Do” Speaking Rubric
National Proficiency Levels
Criteria
Starting • Names concrete objects. • Responds a simple yes or no to questions. • Repeats words or simple phrases. • Uses one word commands. • Mispronounces words, making it difficult to be understood. • Breaks speech into parts, making comprehension difficult. • Uses limited or no vocabulary to support message.
Emerging • Uses a few more words to respond to questions although grammatically incorrect. • Uses one-, two-, and multiple-word commands. • Uses verb tenses interchangeably. • Misuses words in daily speech. • Repeats spoken words or phrases to improve understanding due to pronunciation flaws. • Uses grammar and word order incorrectly. • Uses vocabulary (emerging stage) to support oral messages.
Developing • Respond using longer phrases/sentences. • Initiates and carries out conversations; however, there may be interruptions due to thinking
of the correct words to say. • Applies grammar and word order correctly most of the time. • Demonstrates correct use of basic academic vocabulary which is frequently used in class
discussions and/or oral assignments. • Speaks with some hesitation. • Uses vocabulary to support oral messages. • Speaks with less difficulty, but listener must pay close attention to pronunciation.
Expanding • Responds using elaborate phrases/sentences. • Uses and interprets idiomatic expressions. • Converses more fluently in social settings. • Uses academic vocabulary frequently in class discussions. • Participates in class discussions using academic content with slight hesitation. • Misuse of grammar and word order seldom occurs and does not interrupt meaning. • Pronounces most words accurately and clearly.
Bridging • Speaks fluently. • Uses elaborate academic vocabulary in all class discussions correctly. • Participates in class discussion using academic content without hesitation. • Uses appropriate vocabulary to support oral messages at all times. • Uses correct grammar and word order all of the time. • Speaks with native-like pronunciation and intonation.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 155
Revised August, 2016
“Can Do” Reading Rubric
National Proficiency Levels
Criteria
Starting • Lacks comprehension of a wide array of written material (not developed). • Lacks ability to interpret graphs, charts, tables, and forms in textbooks (not developed). • Struggles with use of pre-reading and reading skills (not developed). • Lacks ability to apply reading strategies in order to guess meanings of unfamiliar words from context (not developed). • Struggles with use of strategic reading skills (in order to plan his/her reading assignments, diagnose deficiencies, resolve
deficiencies independently or with the help of others, etc.) (not developed).
Emerging • Improving comprehension (slowly emerging) of a wide array of written material (e.g., fictional and non-fictional texts that bridge personal, professional and academic themes, news articles, short stories, short novels, etc.).
• Demonstrates correct interpretation of basic graphs, charts, tables and forms in textbooks. • Applies limited pre-reading (e.g., activation of prior knowledge, semantic maps, etc.) and reading skills (e.g., skimming,
scanning, inferences, paragraph frames, DRA, SQ3R, etc.) (slowly emerging). • Struggles with ability to use limited reading strategies to guess meanings of unfamiliar words from context (e.g., definition,
restatement, examples, surrounding words, etc.). • Strives to understand (even when not successful) the relationship between ideas (e.g., time, logical order, comparison/
contrast, cause/effect), and reading patterns in order to identify literary genres (as listed above). • Applying successful reading skills (as listed above) is still emerging.
Developing • Comprehends a wide array of written material (as listed above). • Interprets basic graphs, charts, tables and forms. • Applies correctly pre-reading and reading skills (as listed above). • Applies correct use of reading strategies to guess meanings of unfamiliar words from context (as listed above) - evidence of
emerging. • Understands the relationship between ideas (as listed above) - evidence of emerging. • Uses strategic reading skills (as listed above) that are evident.
Expanding • Comprehends a wide array of level-appropriate written materials (as listed above) with mature accuracy. • Interprets increasingly complex graphs, charts, tables, and forms accurately. • Applies pre-reading and reading skills (as listed above) very strongly. • Applies strategies to guess meanings of unfamiliar words from context (as listed above), which is clearly evident. • Identifies signal words to understand the relationship between ideas (as listed above) and reading patterns to identify literary
genres (as listed above) – strongly emerging. • Understands the relationship between ideas (as listed above) - strongly evident. • Uses strategic reading skills (as listed above) with mature accuracy.
Bridging • Comprehends various types and lengths of level-appropriate written materials (as listed above) - fully developed. • Interprets complex graphs, charts, tables, and forms accurately. • Applies pre-reading and reading skills (as listed above) - fully developed. • Applies reading strategies to determine the meaning of unfamiliar words in a text (as listed above) with accuracy. • Understands the relationship between ideas (time, logical order, comparison/contrast, cause/effect). • Demonstrates fully developed strategic reading skills (as listed above).
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 156
Revised August, 2016
“Can Do” Writing Rubric
National Proficiency Levels
Criteria
Starting • Lacks clear writing and focus. Details are limited or unclear. There’s no clear distinction to what is important and what is supported. • Lacks engaging introduction and drawing a conclusion. Paper simply starts and ends. Lack of transitions make it difficult to
understand the paper. • Writes with limited use of vocabulary or specific words to transmit meaning of the essay. Misuse of parts of speech makes it
difficult to understand the writing. • Rambles - use of incomplete sentences that are too long to understand. Sentences follow a simple structure and/or style. • Struggles with spelling, punctuation, capitalization, and other writing conventions. This makes it very difficult to understand the
writing. • Lacks strategic writing skills (e.g., knowledge of the writing process; declarative, procedural and conditional knowledge; and strategies f
inquiry,for drafting [such as investigating genre, considering audience, and responding to purpose], and for product revision) that are clearly not developed.
Emerging • Writes sentences that are still unclear, although there seems to be a guide to a focused topic; however, it may drift at times. There is an attempt in using details to support main idea. Reader can still feel confused.
• Attempts to write an introduction and or conclusion. Use of transitions helps, but paper is in need of more details. • Struggles with some vocabulary terms that are used inappropriately. Greater command of the parts of speech is developing, but many
words are still used incorrectly. • Attempts to create a style of sentence structure here and there; although, for the most part, it sticks to one style. • Shows need of improving spelling, punctuation, capitalization, and other writing conventions. It is still difficult to read the writing;
but there are signs of improvement. • Demonstrates emerging strategic writing skills.
Developing • Writes with an unclear focus. Writing appears to be on one topic, but it shifts to another topic at times. Support of main idea is lacking. Reader is left with unanswered questions.
• Attempts to write a proper introduction and conclusion; however, both are dull or unclear. Transitions help connect ideas, although at times they distract the flow.
• Selects and uses words appropriately; however, they are not higher level and need more vigor. • Formulates well-written sentences; however, style and structure of sentences are repetitious. • Demonstrates control of spelling, punctuation, capitalization, and other writing conventions; however, the writing could read and
sound better by improving conventions. • Utilizes strategic writing skills properly (now evident).
Expanding • Writes with a focus in mind; however, there is room for improvement. Needs more relevant details to support the main idea. Some readers’ questions can be answered, while others are left with doubt.
• Uses a proper introduction and conclusion; however, some improvement is needed. Needs to continue using transitional words properly in order to allow the proper flow of ideas.
• Selects and uses vocabulary words that are livelier and more appropriate. Some common wording can be improved. • Writes with a definite style, and sentence structure is “catchy” with few mistakes. • Demonstrates good control of spelling, punctuation, capitalization, and other writing conventions. Mistakes are few, and nothing
distracts from the writing. • Applies mature strategic writing skills.
Bridging • Writing is clear and focused on a narrowed topic. Details are relevant and accurate, and they support the main ideas. Reader’s questions are answered.
• Writing has a clear introduction that hooks the reader and a conclusion that leaves a lasting impression. Use of transitions helps the reader to connect ideas. Reading flows and is not dull.
• Words used in the writing are specific and accurate. Vivid verbs and modifying words are present. Words used enhance the meaning of the writing.
• There is a variety in length and structure of the sentences. The style of sentences varies on how they begin. Sentences create fluency and rhythm.
• Demonstrates excellent control of spelling, punctuation, capitalization and other writing conventions. • Strategic writing skills are fully developed.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 157
Revised August, 2016
Appendix B
Paragraph Construction Rubric
Adapted from:
http://www.sunprairie.k12.wi.us/faculty/nmolsen/Perfect%20Paragraph%20Rubric%20(mine).pdf
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 158
Revised August, 2016
Paragraph Construction Rubric
Student’s Name: __________________________________ Date: _______________
Facilitator’s Name: ______________________Course: ________ Assignment: __________ Instructions: This rubric is used to assess paragraph construction. The facilitator will use the results to provide the participants with the remediation needed according to their evaluation.
*What are transitions, and how are they used in effective writing? Transitions: are phrases or words used to connect one idea to the next; are used by the writer to help the reader progress from one significant idea to the next; show the relationship within a paragraph (or within a sentence) between the main idea and the support the writer gives for those ideas. Different transitional words have different functions. Refer to: (https://www.msu.edu/user/jdowell/135/transw.html). **GRADE BASED ON SCORES: A: All Green B: 20 Points (Green/Yellow) C: All Yellow Scores D: 13 Points (Yellow/Red) F: All Red Scores
Evaluation Areas SCORE: GRADE**:
3 Points Each 2 Points Each 1 Point Each
Topic Sentence Topic sentence is clear as it relates to the assigned topic, and it is correctly placed as the first sentence.
Topic sentence is either unclear as to the assigned topic, or it is incorrectly placed.
There is no evident topic sentence. It is unrelated to the assigned topic, and/or it is incorrectly placed.
Explanation of Topic Sentence (Supporting Ideas)
There are three sentences explaining the topic sentence related to the assigned topic.
There are only two sentences explaining the topic sentence, or the explanation is too general.
There is only one or no sentence explaining the topic sentence related to the assigned topic.
Evidence for Topic Sentence (Elaborating Details)
Evidence for all three explanation sentences related to the assigned topic is provided.
Evidence for two explanation sentences related to the assigned topic is provided, or evidence is too general. There is no specificity.
Only one or no evidence sentence related to the assigned topic is provided.
Conclusion Sentence
Conclusion sentence rephrases the topic sentence related to the assigned topic, and it explains its importance.
Conclusion sentence rephrases the topic sentence, but it doesn’t explain its importance.
There is no conclusion sentence, or conclusion sentence is unrelated to the topic.
Fragments and Run-on Sentences
There are no fragments or run-on sentences.
There is one fragment or run-on sentence.
There are two or more fragments or run-on sentences.
Use of Transitions*
Transitional words are used effectively throughout the written work.
Transitions are used throughout, but one transitional word is used incorrectly. It is missing one or two transitions.
Transitions are not used, are all incorrectly used, or five or more transitions are missing.
Grammar Paragraph has no errors in punctuation, capitalization and spelling, use of verb tenses, word agreement, or in the use of personal pronouns. Legible
Paragraph has two errors in punctuation, capitalization and spelling, use of verb tenses, word agreement, or in the use of personal pronouns. Marginally Legible
Paragraph has more than three errors in punctuation, capitalization and spelling, use of verb tenses, word agreement, or use of personal pronouns that make understanding difficult. Not legible
TOTAL POINTS:
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 159
Revised August, 2016
Appendix C
The Writing Process
Six-Trait Analytic Writing Rubric
Retrieved from:
http://www.literatelearner.com/6traits/page_template6t.php?f=main
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 160
Revised August, 2016
APPENDIX C
THE WRITING PROCESS
SIX-TRAIT ANALYTIC WRITING RUBRIC
Student’s name: _________________________________ Date: ______________ Facilitator’s name: ______________________________ Course: ____________ Assignment: ____________________________________ Instructions: This rubric will be used to evaluate written work completed by the student in both English and Spanish. Please refer to the trait that you are evaluating (i.e., Ideas and Content, etc.). Select the criteria per level (6 = highest, 1 = lowest) that best reflect the student’s writing ability. Refer to all the Appendix C sheets that describe, in detail, all the writing traits that you are evaluating in order to properly complete this rubric.
Criteria per Level (From Highest to Lowest)
Writing Traits 6 5 4 3 2 1 Ideas and Content Organization Voice Word Choice Sentence Fluency Conventions
TOTALS - add all the totals down and then across to obtain the Grand Total.
Grand Total: ___________
Final Score: ___/36_
Grading Scale: (36- 0) Excellent: 32-36 points = A Good: 29-31 points = B Satisfactory: 25-28 points = C Needs Improvement: 22-24 points = D Unacceptable: 00-21 points = F
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 161
Revised August, 2016
Six-Trait Analytic Writing Rubric
Trait #1: Idea and Content
Criteria per Level
6
The writing is exceptionally clear, focused and interesting. It holds the reader’s attention throughout. Main ideas stand out and are developed by strong support and rich details suitable to audience and purpose. The writing is characterized by: • clarity, focus, and control, • main idea(s) that stands out, • supporting, relevant, carefully selected details; when appropriate, use of resources provides strong, accurate, credible support, • a thorough, balanced, in-depth explanation/exploration of the topic; the writing makes connections and shares insights, and • content and selected details that are well suited to audience and purpose.
5
The writing is clear, focused and interesting. It holds the reader’s attention. Main ideas stand out and are developed by supporting details suitable to audience and purpose. The writing is characterized by: • clarity, focus, and control, • main idea(s) that stands out, • supporting, relevant, carefully selected details; when appropriate, use of resources provides strong, accurate, credible support, • a thorough, balanced explanation/exploration of the topic; the writing makes connections and shares insights, and • content and selected details that are well-suited to audience and purpose.
4
The writing is clear and focused. The reader can easily understand the main ideas. Support is present, although it may be limited or rather general. The writing is characterized by: • an easily identifiable purpose, • clear main idea(s), • supporting details that are relevant, but may be overly general or limited in places; when appropriate, resources are used to provide accurate support, • a topic that is explored/explained, although developmental details may occasionally be out of balance with the main idea(s); some connections and insights may be present, and • content and selected details that are relevant, but perhaps not consistently well chosen for audience and purpose.
3
The reader can understand the main ideas, although they may be overly broad or simplistic, and the results may not be effective. Supporting detail is often limited, insubstantial, overly general, or occasionally slightly off-topic. The writing is characterized by: • an easily identifiable purpose and main idea(s), • predictable or overly obvious main ideas or plot; conclusions or main points seem to echo observations heard elsewhere, • support that is attempted, but developmental details that are often limited in scope, uneven, somewhat off-topic, predictable, or overly general, • details that may not be well-grounded in credible resources; they may be based on clichés, stereotypes or questionable sources of information, and • difficulties when moving from general observations to specifics.
2 Main ideas and purpose are somewhat unclear or development is attempted but minimal. The writing is characterized by: • a purpose and main idea(s) that may require extensive inferences by the reader, • minimal development; insufficient details, • irrelevant details that clutter the text, and • extensive repetition of detail.
1 The writing lacks a central idea or purpose. The writing is characterized by: • ideas that are extremely limited or simply unclear and • attempts at development that are minimal or non-existent; the paper is too short to demonstrate the development of an idea.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 162
Revised August, 2016
Trait #2: Organization
Criteria per Level
6
The organization enhances the central idea(s) and its development. The order and structure are compelling and move the reader through the text easily. The writing is characterized by: • effective, perhaps creative sequencing; the organizational structure fits the topic, and the writing is easy to follow, • a strong, inviting beginning that draws the reader in and a strong satisfying sense of resolution or closure, • smooth, effective transitions among all elements (sentences, paragraphs, and ideas), and • details that fit where placed.
5
The organization enhances the central idea(s) and its development. The order and structure are strong and move the reader through the text. The writing is characterized by: • effective sequencing; the organizational structure fits the topic, and the writing is easy to follow, • an inviting beginning that draws the reader in and a satisfying sense of resolution or closure, • smooth, effective transitions among all elements (sentences, paragraphs, and ideas), and • details that fit where placed.
4
Organization is clear and coherent. Order and structure are present, but may seem formulaic. The writing is characterized by: • clear sequencing, • an organization that may be predictable, • a recognizable, developed beginning that may not be particularly inviting; a developed conclusion that may lack subtlety, • a body that is easy to follow with details that fit where placed, • transitions that may be stilted or formulaic, and • organization which helps the reader, despite some weaknesses.
3
An attempt has been made to organize the writing; however, the overall structure is inconsistent or skeletal. The writing is characterized by: • attempts at sequencing, but the order or the relationship among ideas may occasionally be unclear, • a beginning and an ending which, although present, are either undeveloped or too obvious (e.g. “My topic is...”, “These are all the reasons that…”), • transitions that sometimes work. The same few transitional devices (e.g., coordinating conjunctions, numbering, etc.) may be overused, • a structure that is skeletal or too rigid, • placement of details that may not always be effective, and • organization which lapses in some places, but helps the reader in others.
2
The writing lacks a clear organizational structure. An occasional organizational device is discernible; however, the writing is either difficult to follow and the reader has to reread substantial portions, or the piece is simply too short to demonstrate organizational skills. The writing is characterized by: • some attempts at sequencing, but the order or the relationship among ideas is frequently unclear, • a missing or extremely undeveloped beginning, body, and/or ending, • a lack of transitions, or when present, ineffective or overused, • a lack of an effective organizational structure, and • details that seem to be randomly placed, leaving the reader frequently confused.
1
The writing lacks coherence; organization seems haphazard and disjointed. Even after rereading, the reader remains confused. The writing is characterized by: • a lack of effective sequencing, • a failure to provide an identifiable beginning, body and/or ending, • a lack of transitions, • pacing that is consistently awkward; the reader feels either mired down in trivia or rushed along too rapidly, and • a lack of organization which ultimately obscures or distorts the main point.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 163
Revised August, 2016
Trait #3: Voice
Criteria per Level
6
The writer has chosen a voice appropriate for the topic, purpose and audience. The writer seems deeply committed to the topic, and there is an exceptional sense of “writing to be read.” The writing is expressive, engaging, or sincere. The writing is characterized by: • an effective level of closeness to or distance from the audience (e.g., a narrative should have a strong personal voice, while an expository piece may require extensive use of outside resources and a more academic voice; nevertheless, both should be engaging, lively, or interesting; technical writing may require greater distance), • an exceptionally strong sense of audience; the writer seems to be aware of the reader and of how to communicate the message most effectively; the reader may discern the writer behind the words and feel a sense of interaction, and • a sense that the topic has come to life; when appropriate, the writing may show originality, liveliness, honesty, conviction, excitement, humor, or suspense.
5
The writer has chosen a voice appropriate for the topic, purpose, and audience. The writer seems committed to the topic, and there is a sense of “writing to be read.” The writing is expressive, engaging or sincere. The writing is characterized by: • an appropriate level of closeness to or distance from the audience (e.g., a narrative should have a strong personal voice while an expository piece may require extensive use of outside resources and a more academic voice; nevertheless, both should be engaging, lively or interesting; technical writing may require greater distance), • a strong sense of audience; the writer seems to be aware of the reader and of how to communicate the message most effectively; the reader may discern the writer behind the words and feel a sense of interaction, and • a sense that the topic has come to life; when appropriate, the writing may show originality, liveliness, honesty, conviction, excitement, humor, or suspense.
4
A voice is present. The writer demonstrates commitment to the topic, and there may be a sense of “writing to be read.” In places, the writing is expressive, engaging, or sincere. The writing is characterized by: • a questionable or inconsistent level of closeness to or distance from the audience, • a sense of audience; the writer seems to be aware of the reader but has not consistently employed an appropriate voice; the reader may glimpse the writer behind the words and feel a sense of interaction in places, and • liveliness, sincerity, or humor when appropriate; however, at times the writing may be either inappropriately casual or personal, or inappropriately formal and stiff.
3
The writer’s commitment to the topic seems inconsistent. A sense of the writer may emerge at times; however, the voice is either inappropriately personal or inappropriately impersonal. The writing is characterized by: • a limited sense of audience; the writer’s awareness of the reader is unclear, • an occasional sense of the writer behind the words; however, the voice may shift or disappear a line or two later and the writing become somewhat mechanical, and • a limited ability to shift to a more objective voice when necessary.
2
The writing provides little sense of involvement or commitment. There is no evidence that the writer has chosen a suitable voice. The writing is characterized by: • little engagement of the writer; the writing tends to be largely flat, lifeless, stiff, or mechanical, • a voice that is likely to be overly informal and personal, • a lack of audience awareness; there is little sense of "writing to be read," and • little or no hint of the writer behind the words. There is rarely a sense of interaction between reader and writer.
1 The writing seems to lack a sense of involvement or commitment. The writing is characterized by: • no engagement of the writer; the writing is flat and lifeless, • a lack of audience awareness; there is no sense of “writing to be read,” and • no hint of the writer behind the words. There is no sense of interaction between writer and reader; the writing does not involve or engage the reader.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 164
Revised August, 2016
Trait #4: Word Choice
Criteria per Level
6
Words convey the intended message in an exceptionally interesting, precise, and natural way appropriate to audience and purpose. The writer employs a rich, broad range of words, which have been carefully chosen and thoughtfully placed for impact. The writing is characterized by: • accurate, strong, specific words; powerful words energize the writing, • fresh, original expression; slang, if used, seems purposeful and is effective, • vocabulary that is striking and varied, but that is natural and not overdone, • ordinary words used in an unusual way, and • words that evoke strong images; figurative language may be used.
5
Words convey the intended message in an interesting, precise, and natural way appropriate to audience and purpose. The writer employs a broad range of words which have been carefully chosen and thoughtfully placed for impact. The writing is characterized by: • accurate, specific words; word choices energize the writing, • fresh, vivid expression; slang, if used, seems purposeful and is effective, • vocabulary that may be striking and varied, but that is natural and not overdone, • ordinary words used in an unusual way, and • words that evoke clear images; figurative language may be used.
4
Words effectively convey the intended message. The writer employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to audience and purpose. The writing is characterized by: • words that work but do not particularly energize the writing, • expression that is functional; however, slang, if used, does not seem purposeful and is not particularly effective, • attempts at colorful language that may occasionally seem overdone, • occasional overuse of technical language or jargon, and • rare experiments with language; however, the writing may have some fine moments and generally avoids clichés.
3
Language is quite ordinary, lacking interest, precision and variety, or may be inappropriate to audience and purpose in places. The writer does not employ a variety of words, producing a sort of “generic” paper filled with familiar words and phrases. The writing is characterized by: • words that work, but rarely capture the reader’s interest, • expression that seems mundane and general; slang, if used, does not seem purposeful and is not effective, • attempts at colorful language that seem overdone or forced, • words that are accurate for the most part, although misused words may occasionally appear, technical language or jargon may be overused or inappropriately used, and • reliance on clichés and overused expressions.
2
Language is monotonous and/or misused, detracting from the meaning and impact. The writing is characterized by: • words that are colorless, flat or imprecise, • monotonous repetition or overwhelming reliance on worn expressions that repeatedly distract from the message, and • images that are fuzzy or absent altogether.
1
The writing shows an extremely limited vocabulary or is so filled with misuses of words that the meaning is obscured. Only the most general kind of message is communicated because of vague or imprecise language. The writing is characterized by: • general, vague words that fail to communicate, • an extremely limited range of words, and • words that simply do not fit the text; they seem imprecise, inadequate, or just plain wrong.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 165
Revised August, 2016
Trait #5: Sentence Fluency
Criteria per Level
6
The writing has an effective flow and rhythm. Sentences show a high degree of craftsmanship, with consistently strong and varied structure that makes expressive oral reading easy and enjoyable. The writing is characterized by: • a natural, fluent sound; it glides along with one sentence flowing effortlessly into the next, • extensive variation in sentence structure, length, and beginnings that add interest to the text, • sentence structure that enhances meaning by drawing attention to key ideas or reinforcing relationships among ideas, • varied sentence patterns that create an effective combination of power and grace, • strong control over sentence structure; fragments, if used at all, work well, and • stylistic control; dialogue, if used, sounds natural.
5
The writing has an easy flow and rhythm. Sentences are carefully crafted, with strong and varied structure that makes expressive oral reading easy and enjoyable. The writing is characterized by: • a natural, fluent sound; it glides along with one sentence flowing into the next, • variation in sentence structure, length, and beginnings that add interest to the text, • sentence structure that enhances meaning, • control over sentence structure; fragments, if used at all, work well, and • stylistic control; dialogue, if used, sounds natural.
4
The writing flows; however, connections between phrases or sentences may be less than fluid. Sentence patterns are somewhat varied, contributing to ease in oral reading. The writing is characterized by: • a natural sound; the reader can move easily through the piece, although it may lack a certain rhythm and grace, • some repeated patterns of sentence structure, length, and beginnings that may detract somewhat from overall impact, • strong control over simple sentence structures, but variable control over more complex sentences; fragments, if present, are usually effective, and • occasional lapses in stylistic control; dialogue, if used, sounds natural for the most part, but may at times sound stilted or unnatural.
3
The writing tends to be mechanical rather than fluid. Occasional awkward constructions may force the reader to slow down or reread. The writing is characterized by: • some passages that invite fluid oral reading; however, others do not, • some variety in sentences structure, length, and beginnings, although the writer falls into repetitive sentence patterns, • good control over simple sentence structures, but little control over more complex sentences; fragments, if present, may not be effective, • sentences which, although functional, lack energy, and • lapses in stylistic control; dialogue, if used, may sound stilted or unnatural.
2 The writing tends to be either choppy or rambling. Awkward constructions often force the reader to slow down or reread. The writing is characterized by: • significant portions of the text that are difficult to follow or read aloud, • sentence patterns that are monotonous (e.g., subject-verb or subject-verb-object), and • a significant number of awkward, choppy, or rambling constructions.
1
The writing is difficult to follow or to read aloud. Sentences tend to be incomplete, rambling, or very awkward. The writing is characterized by: • text that does not invite, and may not even permit, smooth oral reading, • confusing word order that is often jarring and irregular, • sentence structure that frequently obscures meaning, and • sentences that are disjointed, confusing, or rambling.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 166
Revised August, 2016
Trait #6: Conventions
Criteria per Level
6
The writing demonstrates exceptionally strong control of standard writing conventions (e.g., punctuation, spelling, capitalization, paragraph breaks, grammar and usage) and uses them effectively to enhance communication. Errors are so few and so minor that the reader can easily skim right over them unless specifically searching for them. The writing is characterized by: • strong control of conventions; manipulation of conventions may occur for stylistic effect, • strong, effective use of punctuation that guides the reader through the text, • correct spelling, even of more difficult words, • paragraph breaks that reinforce the organizational structure, • correct grammar and usage that contribute to clarity and style. • skill in using a wide range of conventions in a sufficiently long and complex piece, and • little or no need for editing.
5
The writing demonstrates strong control of standard writing conventions (e.g., punctuation, spelling, capitalization, paragraph breaks, grammar and usage) and uses them effectively to enhance communication. Errors are so few and so minor that they do not impede readability. The writing is characterized by: • strong control of conventions, • effective use of punctuation that guides the reader through the text, • correct spelling, even of more difficult words, • paragraph breaks that reinforce the organizational structure, • correct capitalization; errors, if any, are minor, • correct grammar and usage that contribute to clarity and style, • skill in using a wide range of conventions in a sufficiently long and complex piece, and • little need for editing.
4
The writing demonstrates control of standard writing conventions (e.g., punctuation, spelling, capitalization, paragraph breaks, grammar and usage). Minor errors, while perhaps noticeable, do not impede readability. The writing is characterized by: • control over conventions used, although a wide range is not demonstrated, • correct end-of-sentence punctuation; internal punctuation may sometimes be incorrect, • spelling that is usually correct, especially of common words, • basically sound paragraph breaks that reinforce the organizational structure, • correct capitalization; errors, if any, are minor, • occasional lapses in correct grammar and usage; problems are not severe enough to distort meaning or confuse the reader, and • moderate need for editing.
3
The writing demonstrates limited control of standard writing conventions (e.g., punctuation, spelling, capitalization, paragraph breaks, grammar and usage). Errors begin to impede readability. The writing is characterized by: • some control over basic conventions; the text may be too simple to reveal mastery, • end-of-sentence punctuation that is usually correct; however, internal punctuation contains frequent errors, • spelling errors that distract the reader; misspelling of common words occurs, • paragraphs that sometimes run together or begin at ineffective places, • capitalization errors, • errors in grammar and usage that do not block meaning but do distract the reader, and • significant need for editing.
2
The writing demonstrates little control of standard writing conventions. Frequent, significant errors impede readability. The writing is characterized by: • little control over basic conventions, • many end-of-sentence punctuation errors; internal punctuation contains frequent errors, • spelling errors that frequently distract the reader; misspelling of common words often occurs, • paragraphs that often run together or begin in ineffective places, • capitalization that is inconsistent or often incorrect, • errors in grammar and usage that interfere with readability and meaning, and • substantial need for editing.
1
Numerous errors in usage, spelling, capitalization, and punctuation repeatedly distract the reader and make the text difficult to read. In fact, the severity and frequency of errors are so overwhelming that the reader finds it difficult to focus on the message and must reread for meaning. The writing is characterized by: • very limited skill in using conventions, • basic punctuation (including end-of-sentence punctuation) that tends to be omitted, haphazard, or incorrect, • frequent spelling errors that significantly impair readability, • paragraph breaks that may be highly irregular or so frequent (every sentence) that they bear no relation to the organization of the text, • capitalization that appears to be random, and • a need for extensive editing.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 167
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice D
Información acerca del Laboratorio de Idiomas y el E-Lab
Appendix D
Language Lab and E-Lab Information
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 168
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice D
Información acerca del Laboratorio de Idiomas y el E-Lab El Laboratorio de Idiomas y el E-Lab están diseñados para ayudar a los estudiantes a desarrollar sus habilidades lingüísticas en inglés y en español y a lograr los objetivos de aprendizaje a lo largo de su carrera. Ambos cuentan con una amplia variedad de ejercicios visuales y auditivos en línea, recursos de investigación y actividades de escritura guiada, que les permiten a los alumnos mejorar sus habilidades de comprensión auditiva y de lectura, pronunciación, desarrollo de vocabulario, gramática y escritura. El Laboratorio de Idiomas también ofrece una gran cantidad de páginas web de English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL, por sus siglas en inglés: Inglés para hablantes de otros idiomas) que han sido seleccionadas cuidadosamente. Así también, cuenta con otras páginas electrónicas en español, con el fin de satisfacer las necesidades de los estudiantes. Además, el Laboratorio de Idiomas y el E-Lab cuentan con otras aplicaciones informáticas que fomentan el aprendizaje del idioma y del contenido académico, tales como Tell Me More, NetTutor y Blackboard Collaborate. Tell Me More es un sistema eficaz para aprender inglés y español, que les permite a los estudiantes reforzar sus destrezas y además cumplir con las horas de laboratorio que requieren sus clases. Para poder usar este programa, los estudiantes necesitan Internet, el navegador Internet Explorer y acceso a la plataforma Blackboard. Inicialmente, el sistema evalúa el nivel de conocimiento de los estudiantes y crea un programa de aprendizaje, adaptado a las especificidades de lenguaje de cada uno, lo que permite medir el progreso individual. Los alumnos pueden mejorar su pronunciación, gramática y destrezas auditivas, desde el nivel de principiante hasta el nivel avanzado, con dos perfiles diferentes: lenguaje cotidiano y lenguaje de negocios. NetTutor es un servicio de tutoría en línea, que cuenta con tutoría en directo para materias cuánticas y de computación (tiene horarios fijos). En los cursos en los que no se ofrece tutoría en directo, los estudiantes pueden publicar sus dudas, las cuales se contestarán en un lapso de 72 horas. El sistema también cuenta con un banco de preguntas y respuestas frecuentes, que está disponible 24 horas al día, los siete días de la semana. NetTutor puede accederse remotamente, siempre y cuando cuente con conexión a Internet. Este servicio ofrece tutorías en las siguientes materias:
• Inglés (disponible para todos los cursos) • Español (disponible para todos los cursos) • Estadísticas (el estudiante debe estar matriculado en el curso) • Matemáticas (el estudiante debe estar matriculado en el curso) • Contabilidad (el estudiante debe estar matriculado en el curso) • Sistemas de información computarizada (el estudiante debe estar matriculado en el curso)
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 169
Revised August, 2016
Blackboard Collaborate es una herramienta electrónica que, entre otros aspectos, promueve el uso de la voz en línea para que los alumnos y el facilitador interactúen y para desarrollar material didáctico. Los estudiantes usan Blackboard Collaborate para participar en los foros de discusión oral en línea, preparar presentaciones orales, enviar mensajes de voz y cumplir con otras asignaciones. La aplicación principal de uso de voz se llama Voice Authoring, que cuenta con las siguientes herramientas:
• Voice Board: puede publicar y escuchar mensajes orales en un foro de discusión en línea y postear comentarios orales y escritos.
• Voice E-mail: sirve para enviar correos electrónicos con mensajes de voz y escritos. • Voice Podcaster: facilita la creación y distribución de mensajes orales de los participantes.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 170
Revised August, 2016
Appendix D:
Language Lab and E-Lab Information The Language Lab and E-Lab are designed to help students strengthen their linguistic skills in English and Spanish and to fulfill the content objectives of the course. Both labs count on a wide variety of visual and auditory on-line exercises, Internet-based research, and guided writing activities that allow students to improve their listening and reading comprehension skills, pronunciation, vocabulary building, grammar, and writing. The Language Lab also offers a package of several carefully selected English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) websites, as well as other Spanish web pages designed to meet the students’ needs. Additionally, the Language Lab and E-Lab provide other software applications, such as Tell Me More, NetTutor and Blackboard Collaborate, that promote language and academic content learning. Tell Me More is an effective system for English and Spanish learning that allows students to strengthen their skills and fulfill the language lab hours required in their classes. Students must have Internet connection, Internet Explorer browser, and access to Blackboard to be able to use this program. The system initially assesses students’ knowledge and creates a learning path specifically tailored to each student’s needs, thus allowing facilitators to measure every student’s progress. Students can improve their pronunciation, grammar and listening skills, from beginner to advanced levels, with two different profiles: everyday language and business oriented language. NetTutor is an online tutoring service which provides live tutoring for numerical and computer classes (scheduled hours apply). Students can post their questions for classes which do not offer live tutoring. These will be answered within 72 hours. The system also has a “Frequently Asked Questions” section available 24/7. NetTutor can be accessed remotely with an Internet connection. This service offers tutoring for the following subjects:
• English (available for all courses), • Spanish (available for all courses), • Statistics (student must be enrolled in the course), • Mathematics (student must be enrolled in the course), • Accounting (student must be enrolled in the course), and • Computer Information Systems (student must be enrolled in the course).
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 171
Revised August, 2016
Blackboard Collaborate is an electronic tool that, among other aspects, promotes the use of voice online, allowing students and the facilitator to interact and to develop academic content. Students use Blackboard Collaborate to participate in oral online discussion forums prepare oral presentations, send voice e-mails, and complete other assignments. The main voice application is Voice Authoring which includes the following tools:
• Voice Board: allows participants to post and listen to voice messages on discussion boards and to post oral and written comments.
• Voice E-mail: allows participants to send voice and written messages via e-mail. • Voice Podcaster: facilitates the creation and distribution of participants’ voice messages.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 172
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice E
Documentación del Laboratorio de Idiomas/E-Lab
Appendix E
Language Lab/E-Lab Documentation
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 173
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice E Documentación del Laboratorio de Idiomas/E-Lab
Instrucciones: Cada estudiante llenará los siguientes formularios y los entregará al facilitador para que los considere como parte de los criterios de evaluación de la clase.
Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez
Registro de asistencia del
Laboratorio de Idiomas/E-Lab
Nombre del estudiante:_____________________________________________________
Número de estudiante:________________________
Curso: ___________________
Nombre del facilitador: ____________________________________________________
Semestre: ___________________ Periodo lectivo (PT): ________________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 174
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice E Documentación del Laboratorio de Idiomas/E-Lab Instrucciones: Cada estudiante debe llenar este formulario y enviarlo semanalmente al facilitador como parte de la evaluación de la clase, que está basada en las tareas que asignó el facilitador.
Áreas de
oportunidad y asignaciones provistas por el
facilitador
Fecha
Recursos
electrónicos que usó y las tareas que
completó
Laboratorio Sala de
cómputos (AGM)
Práctica fuera del campus (F)
Firma del representante de la facultad o del laboratorio
Tell Me More
NetTutor
Herramientas de Blackboard
Collaborate
Investigación electrónica (Biblioteca
Virtual)
Actividades de
las páginas electrónicas en inglés y español
Total de horas: _______
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 175
Revised August, 2016
Appendix E Language Lab/E-Lab Documentation
Instructions: Each student will complete the following forms and give them to the facilitator to be included as part of the assessment criteria for the class.
Ana G. Méndez University System
Language Lab/E-Lab
Attendance Log
Student’s Name: ______________________________________________________ Student’s ID Number: _____________________ Course: ___________________ Facilitator’s Name:____________________________________________________ Semester: ___________________ Part of Term (PT): _____________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 176
Revised August, 2016
Language Lab/E-Lab Documentation Instructions: Each student should complete this form and submit it weekly to the facilitator as part of the class evaluation based on assignments given by the facilitator.
AREAS OF IMPROVEMENT
AND ASSIGNMENTS PROVIDED BY FACILITATOR
DATE ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
USED AND TASKS
COMPLETED
AGM CLASSROOM
LAB. (L)
OFF-CAMPUS PRACTICE (O)
STAFF/FACULTY SIGNATURE
Tell Me More
NetTutor
Blackboard Collaborate
Tools
Internet-Based Research (Virtual Library)
English and/or
Spanish Websites Activities
Total number of hours: _______
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 177
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice F
Rúbrica de ensayo
Appendix F
Essay Rubric
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 178
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice F Rúbrica de ensayo
Los estudiantes y los facilitadores deben utilizar esta rúbrica para evaluar los ensayos. Nombre del estudiante: ___________________________________________________ Fecha: _____________________________ Tema: _____________________________ Instrucciones: Por favor refiérase a los criterios que evalúa y déjese llevar por la escala, de manera que asigne los puntos que mejor reflejen la escritura del ensayo del alumno. Cinco corresponde a la máxima puntuación, mientras uno refleja la puntuación mínima. También puede escribir sus comentarios (opcional). Escriba una “X” en el encasillado que aplique a cada criterio. Para obtener el total, sume los números correspondientes hacia abajo y luego hacia el lado. Utilice la escala evaluativa para determinar la calificación final.
Criterios 5
4
3
2
1
Comentarios (opcional)
Contenido 1. Propósito: El propósito o argumento central del escritor es evidente al lector.
2. Contenido: La presentación de información relevante y legítima apoya el propósito o argumento central claramente y demuestra un análisis profundo de un tema significativo. El lector adquiere percepciones importantes.
3. Organización: Las ideas están organizadas de manera lógica para apoyar el propósito o argumento. Las ideas fluyen fácilmente entre sí y están claramente vinculadas. El lector sigue el razonamiento con facilidad.
4. Cautiva al lector y mantiene su interés a través del trabajo. 5. Pensamiento crítico: Critica el contexto del discurso académico en términos de las suposiciones del estudiante. Integra diferentes maneras epistemológicas y disciplinarias de aprendizaje e incluye evidencia de autorreflexión y autoevaluación.
6. Formula conclusiones basadas en lo investigado. 7. Demuestra que entiende las ideas significativas para alcanzar organizadamente un nivel alto de comprensión.
Lenguaje 8. Demuestra dominio del español, incluyendo el vocabulario académico, la sintaxis y el flujo de ideas.
9. Usa correctamente la ortografía, puntuación y el estilo APA.
10. Emplea un nivel de formalidad del idioma que es apropiado para el tipo de documento.
Totales (70 % para contenido y 30 % para lenguaje)
Total de puntos
________
Firma del facilitador: ______________________________ Fecha: ____________________________
Escala evaluativa (0-50) 5 - Excelente 45-50 puntos = A 4 - Bueno 40-44 puntos = B 3 - Satisfactorio 35-39 puntos = C 4 - Necesita mejorar 30-34 puntos = D 5 - Inaceptable 0-29 puntos = F
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 179
Revised August, 2016
Appendix F Essay Rubric Student’s Name: _________________________________________________________ Date: _____________________________ Topic: _____________________________
Students and facilitators are required to use this rubric to evaluate students’ essays.
Instructions: • Please refer to each criterion listed below in order to evaluate students’ essays • Apply the points that best reflect the student’s essay writing as follows:
(5 = Highest, 1 = Lowest) • Place an “X” in the box that applies for each criterion and feel free to write any comments. • To obtain the Final Total Score, add the corresponding numbers down and then across. • Use the Grading Scale to apply the final grade.
Criteria 5
4
3
2
1
Comments (optional)
Content 1. Purpose: Writer's purpose or central argument is readily apparent to the reader.
2. Content: Presentation of relevant and legitimate information clearly supports a central purpose or argument and shows a thoughtful, in-depth analysis of a significant topic. Reader gains important insights.
3. Organization: Ideas are arranged in a logical order to support the purpose or argument. They flow smoothly from one to another and are clearly linked to each other. Reader can easily follow the line of reasoning.
4. Writing is compelling. It hooks the reader and sustains interest throughout.
5. Critical Thinking: Critiques context of the scholarly discourse in terms of the student’s assumptions. Integrates different disciplinary and epistemological ways of learning and includes evidence of reflection and self-assessment.
6. Draws conclusions based on research-based facts. 7. Demonstrates a comprehensive grasp of significant ideas to reach a higher level of understanding in an organized manner.
Language 8. Demonstrates a command of the English language, including academic vocabulary, syntax, and flow of ideas.
9. Uses spelling, punctuation, and APA style correctly. 10. Uses a level of formality of language that is appropriate for the nature of the document.
Totals (70% for content and 30% for language)
Total Points
_______
Grading Scale (0-50) 5 - Excellent 45-50 points = A 4 - Good 40-44 points = B 3 - Satisfactory 35-39 points = C 2 - Needs Improvement 30-34 points = D 1 - Unacceptable 0-29 points = F
Facilitator’s Signature: _____________________________________ Date: _________________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 180
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice G
Rúbrica de participación en clase
Appendix G
Class Participation Rubric
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 181
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice G Rúbrica de participación en clase
Los estudiantes y los facilitadores deben utilizar esta rúbrica para evaluar la participación en clase. Nombre del estudiante: __________________________ Fecha: _______________
Tema: ________________________________________ Taller: _______________
Instrucciones: Por favor refiérase a los criterios que evalúa y déjese llevar por la escala, de manera que asigne los puntos que mejor reflejen la participación en clase del alumno. Cinco corresponde a la máxima puntuación, mientras uno refleja la puntuación mínima. También puede escribir sus comentarios (opcional). Escriba una “X” en el encasillado que aplique a cada criterio. Para obtener el total, sume los números correspondientes hacia abajo y luego hacia el lado. Utilice la escala evaluativa para determinar la calificación final.
Escala: 5 = Puntuación máxima 1 = Puntuación mínima
5 4 3 2 1 Comentarios
(opcional)
Criterios de contenido 1. Participación, recursos y herramientas de la clase y en línea: Participa activamente en todas las actividades de la clase, incluyendo las herramientas de Blackboard Collaborate y los foros de discusión.
2. Iniciativa y creatividad: Demuestra iniciativa y creatividad en las actividades de la clase.
3. Discusiones y comentarios (escritos y orales): Evidencia su interés en las discusiones que se presentan y expresa comentarios pertinentes, por escrito y oralmente, de manera oportuna.
4. Publicación de trabajos y retroalimentación: Publica oportunamente el trabajo asignado, dando tiempo suficiente para recibir retroalimentación.
5. Información adicional: Contribuye a la clase con material e información adicional.
6. Atención y empatía: Demuestra atención y empatía hacia las opiniones y los argumentos de sus compañeros.
7. Respeto sin prejuicios: Respeta las preguntas y planteamientos de los compañeros.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 182
Revised August, 2016
Escala: 5 = Puntuación máxima 1 = Puntuación mínima
5 4 3 2 1
Criterios de lenguaje 8. Uso apropiado del español académico y técnico: Contribuye frecuentemente a las discusiones en clase y emplea el vocabulario académico y técnico, en español, con propiedad y corrección.
9. Formulación y contestación de preguntas: Formula y contesta preguntas pertinentes al tema de la clase y utiliza el español con propiedad y corrección consistentemente.
10. Expresividad y articulación: Habla claramente, sin errores gramaticales y pronuncia todos los términos correcta y precisamente.
Totales (70 % de contenido y 30 % de lenguaje)
Total de
puntos
______
Criterios de contenido (70 %) Subtotales por criterio Participación en clase y en línea Iniciativa y creatividad Discusiones y comentarios (escritos y orales) Publicación de trabajos y retroalimentación Información adicional Atención y empatía Respeto sin prejuicios Criterios de lenguaje (30 %)
Uso apropiado del vocabulario académico y técnico Formulación y contestación de preguntas Expresividad y articulación
TOTAL (Sume todos los subtotales para determinar la puntuación y calificación final.)
Puntuación final: ___/50_ Calificación:_____
Firma del facilitador: __________________________ Fecha: ___________________
Escala evaluativa (0-50) 5 - Excelente 45-50 puntos = A 4 - Bueno 40-44 puntos = B 3 - Satisfactorio 35-39 puntos = C 2 - Necesita mejorar 30-34 puntos = D 1 - Inaceptable 0-29 puntos = F
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 183
Revised August, 2016
Appendix G Class Participation Rubric
Students and facilitators are required to use this rubric to evaluate students’ class participation.
Student’s Name: _________________________ Date:_______________________________
Topic: __________________________________ Workshop:__________________________ Instructions:
1. Please refer to each criterion listed below in order to evaluate the students’ class participation. 2. Apply the points that best reflect the student’s participation in class as follows:
(5 = Highest, 1 = Lowest) 3. Place an “X” in the box that applies for each criterion and feel free to write any comments. 4. To obtain the Final Total Score, add the corresponding numbers down and then across. 5. Use the Grading Scale to apply the final grade.
Scale:
5 = Highest 1 = Lowest 5 4 3 2 1 Comments
(optional) Content Criteria
1. Participation in Class or Online with Tools/Resources: Participates actively in all class activities, including the Blackboard Collaborate Tools and the Discussion Board.
2. Initiative and Creativity: Demonstrates initiative and creativity in class activities.
3. Discussions and Oral/Written Comments: Demonstrates interest in class discussions by posting relevant written and oral comments in a timely manner.
4. Uploads and Feedback: Uploads required work in a timely manner, allowing for sufficient time for feedback.
5. Additional Information: Contributes to class with additional material and information.
6. Attention and Empathy: Demonstrates attention and empathy towards classmates’ opinions and contributions.
7. Respectful and Non-judgmental: Shows respect towards classmates’ questions and expositions.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 184
Revised August, 2016
Scale: 5 = Highest 1 = Lowest
5 4 3 2 1 Comments (optional)
Language Criteria 8. Proper Use of Academic and Technical Vocabulary: Contributes frequently to class discussions in English using proper and correct academic and technical vocabulary.
9. Formulating and Responding to Questions: Formulates and responds to questions pertinent to the class topic correctly and consistently in English.
10. Expressiveness/Articulation: Speaks clearly with no grammatical errors and pronounces all terms correctly and precisely.
Totals (70% for Content and 30% for Language)
Total Points
________
Content Criteria (70%) Subtotals per Criterion Participation in Class or Online with Tools/Resources Initiative and Creativity Discussions and Oral/Written Comments Uploads and Feedback Additional Information Attention and Empathy Respectful and Non-judgmental
Language Criteria (30%) Proper Use of Academic and Technical Vocabulary Formulating and Responding to Questions Expressiveness/Articulation TOTAL (Add all the totals to obtain the final score and grade.)
Final Score: ___/50_ Grade: _______
Grading Scale (0-50)
5 - Excellent 45-50 points = A 4 - Good 40-44 points = B 3 - Satisfactory 35-39 points = C 2 - Needs Improvement 30-34 points = D 1 - Unacceptable 0-29 points = F
Facilitator’s Signature: _____________________________ Date: _______________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 185
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice H
Rúbrica de presentación oral y audiovisual individual/grupal
Appendix H
Individual/Group Oral and Audiovisual Presentation Rubric
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 186
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice H
Rúbrica de presentación oral y audiovisual individual/grupal Los estudiantes y los facilitadores deben utilizar esta rúbrica para evaluar las destrezas
de comunicación oral y las presentaciones audiovisuales. Nombre del estudiante: _____________________ Fecha: _______________
Tema: ___________________________________ Taller: _______________ Instrucciones: Por favor refiérase a los criterios que evalúa y déjese llevar por la escala, de manera que asigne los puntos que mejor reflejen la presentación oral o audiovisual individual/grupal. Cinco corresponde a la máxima puntuación, mientras uno refleja la puntuación mínima. También puede escribir sus comentarios (opcional). Escriba una “X” en el encasillado que aplique a cada criterio. Para obtener el total, sume los números correspondientes hacia abajo y luego hacia el lado. Utilice la escala evaluativa para determinar la calificación final.
Escala:
5 = Puntuación máxima 1 = Puntuación mínima
5 4 3 2 1 Comentarios
(opcional)
Criterios de contenido
1. Objetivos, ideas y principios: Introduce el tema efectivamente e identifica los objetivos, principios y las ideas de la presentación oral/audiovisual.
2. Coherencia y claridad: Organiza la presentación para que sea coherente y fácil de seguir. Proyecta consistentemente los conceptos con un enfoque claro.
3. Dominio del contenido: Domina y explica el contenido apropiadamente, sin cometer errores.
4. Vínculo con el material de la clase: Basa las ideas y argumentos en el material y los recursos de la clase.
5. Captación de la audiencia: Captura la atención y el interés de la audiencia y promueve su participación, si aplica.
6. Alto nivel de comprensión: Evidencia un alto y claro nivel de comprensión de las ideas significativas.
7. Tipografía y diseño gráfico: La tipografía y el diseño gráfico cumplen eficazmente con su propósito y son apropiados para la audiencia.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 187
Revised August, 2016
Escala: 5 = Puntuación máxima 1 = Puntuación mínima
5 4 3 2 1
Criterios de lenguaje 8. Destrezas lingüísticas: Domina las destrezas lingüísticas en español, por escrito y orales, incluyendo la sintaxis y el flujo de ideas.
9. Vocabulario académico: Aplica el vocabulario académico eficaz y correctamente.
10. Propiedad y corrección: Emplea la gramática correctamente. El texto no tiene errores.
Totales (70 % de contenido y 30 % de lenguaje)
Total de
puntos ______
Criterios de contenido (70 %) Subtotales por criterio
Objetivos, ideas y principios Coherencia y claridad Dominio del contenido Vínculo con material de la clase Captación de la audiencia Alto nivel de comprensión Tipografía y diseño gráfico Criterios de lenguaje (30 %) Destrezas lingüísticas Vocabulario académico Propiedad y corrección
TOTAL (Sume todos los subtotales para determinar la puntuación y calificación final.)
Puntuación final: ___/50_ Calificación:_____
Escala evaluativa (0-50) 5 - Excelente 45-50 puntos = A 4 - Bueno 40-44 puntos = B 3 - Satisfactorio 35-39 puntos = C 2 - Necesita mejorar 30-34 puntos = D 1 - Inaceptable 0-29 puntos = F Al completar esta rúbrica, el facilitador también deberá completar Apéndice N: Speaking Rubric. Para obtener la nota final:
1. Sume el total de puntos del Apéndice H: Rúbrica de presentación oral y audiovisual individual /grupal y el total de puntos del Apéndice N: Speaking Rubric.
2. Use la siguiente escala evaluativa para obtener la nota final.
Escala evaluativa (0 - 75) 5 - Excelente 68 - 75 puntos = A 4 - Bueno 60 - 67 puntos = B 3 - Satisfactorio 53 - 59 puntos = C 2 – Necesita mejorar 45 - 52 puntos = D 1 - Inaceptable 0 - 44 puntos = F
Firma del facilitador: _______________________ Fecha: ____________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 188
Revised August, 2016
Appendix H Individual/Group Oral and Audiovisual Presentation Rubric
Students and facilitators are required to use this rubric to evaluate students’ oral and audiovisual presentations.
Student’s Name: _________________________ Date: _______________________
Topic: __________________________________ Workshop Number: _____________ Instructions: • Please refer to each criterion listed below in order to evaluate students’ individual/group oral/audiovisual
presentations. • Apply the points that best reflect the student’s presentation as follows: (5 = Highest, 1 = Lowest). • Place an “X” in the box that applies for each criterion and feel free to write any comments. • To obtain the Final Total Score, add the corresponding numbers down and then across. • Use the Grading Scale to apply the final grade.
Scale: 5 = Highest 1 = Lowest
5 4 3 2 1 Comments (optional)
Content Criteria 1. Objectives, Ideas, and Principles:
Presents an effective introduction to the topic, identifying the objectives, ideas, and principles that are included in the oral/audiovisual presentation.
2. Coherence and Clarity: Presentation is organized and coherent and can be
easily followed. Presentation projects the concepts in a comprehensible manner and reflects a clear and consistent focus.
3. Content Mastery: Demonstrates mastery of the topic or subject of
discussion and properly explains the content without incurring in errors.
4. Resources/Material Support Presentation: Ideas and arguments of the oral/audiovisual
presentation are well-supported by the resources and material presented or discussed in class.
5. Captivated Audience: Captures the attention and interest of the audience and
encourages participation, if applicable.
6. High Level of Comprehension: Demonstrates a clear understanding of significant
ideas and projects a high level of comprehension.
7. Text Format and Visual Design: Text and visual design effectively fulfill their purpose
and are appropriate for the audience.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 189
Revised August, 2016
Scale: 5 = Highest 1 = Lowest
5 4 3 2 1 Comments (optional)
Language Criteria 8. Oral and Written Proficiency:
Demonstrates excellent oral and written linguistic skills in English, including syntax and flow of ideas.
9. Academic/Technical Vocabulary: Applies academic/technical vocabulary effectively and correctly to convey the message.
10. Conventions: Uses proper and correct grammar. Text is free of errors.
Totals (70% for Content and 30% for Language)
Total Points _____
Content Criteria (70%) Subtotals per Criterion Objectives, Ideas, and Principles Coherence and Clarity Content Mastery Resources/Material Support Presentation Captivated Audience High Level of Comprehension Text Format and Visual Design Language Criteria (30%) Oral and Written Proficiency Academic Vocabulary Conventions TOTAL (Add all the subtotals to obtain the final score and grade.) Final Score: ___/50_ Grade: ____
Grading Scale (0-50)
5 - Excellent 45-50 points = A 4 - Good 40-44 points = B 3 - Satisfactory 35-39 points = C 2 - Needs Improvement 30-34 points = D 1 - Unacceptable 0-29 points = F
After completing this rubric, the facilitator must also complete Appendix N: Speaking Rubric. To obtain the Final Grade:
1. Add the Total Points from Appendix H: Individual/Group Oral and Audiovisual Presentation Rubric and the Total Points from Appendix N: Speaking Rubric.
2. Use the grading scale provided below to obtain the Final Grade.
Grading Scale (0 - 75) 5 - Excellent 68 - 75 points = A 4 - Good 60 - 67 points = B 3 - Satisfactory 53 - 59 points = C 2 - Needs Improvement 45 - 52 points = D 1 - Unacceptable 0 - 44 points = F
Facilitator’s Signature: _____________________________ Date: __________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 190
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice I
Autorreflexión
Appendix I
Self-Reflection
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 191
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice I Autorreflexión Nombre del estudiante: __________________________ Fecha: _____________________
Instrucciones: Complete la(s) pregunta(s) que determine el facilitador usando palabras, oraciones, dibujos o historias. El facilitador puede elegir otros temas para que complete la autorreflexión. Sea honesto y apunte ideas que sean importantes y valiosas para usted. Para evaluar cada autorreflexión, se utilizará el Apéndice C. En las siguientes páginas, encontrará una explicación de lo que es un diario reflexivo, sus beneficios, el formato y algunas preguntas adicionales. Léalo cuidadosamente antes de comenzar a escribir sus autorreflexiones.
1. ¿Qué conocimiento previo traje a la clase esta semana?
2. ¿Cuáles eran mis expectativas para esta semana? ¿Las cumplí?
3. ¿Cuál fue mi mayor logro esta semana, cómo lo aplicaré a mi vida personal o trabajo?
4. ¿Cuál fue mi mayor reto esta semana, qué pasos tomé o tomaré para superarlo?
5. ¿Cuál es la prioridad #1 que deseo realizar antes del próximo taller, cómo lo lograré?
6. ¿Cuáles fueron algunos conceptos, factores e ideas que yo descubrí/aprendí esta semana?
Recuerde que tal vez esté familiarizado con el concepto; trate de escribir algo nuevo sobre el
mismo.
7. ¿En qué área específica necesito ayuda, qué puedo hacer para ayudarme a mí mismo?
8. ¿Alcancé mis metas esta semana? Si es así, ¿qué hice específicamente para ayudarme? Si no,
¿qué puedo hacer para mejorar este aspecto, qué haré de manera diferente la próxima vez?
9. ¿Qué hice específicamente para contribuir al aprendizaje de mis compañeros esta semana? ¿Qué
aprendí de ellos?
10. ¿Sobre qué quiero aprender más y por qué?
11. ¿Cómo crecí, mejoré y me desarrollé esta semana? Sea específico; explique cómo aplicará esto
a su vida personal o profesional.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 192
Revised August, 2016
Appendix I Self-Reflection
Directions: Complete the question/questions below determined by the facilitator using words, sentences, pictures, or stories. The facilitator may specify other topics. Be honest and record ideas that are important and meaningful to you. Self-reflections will be evaluated using Appendix C: The Writing Process Six-Trait Analytic Writing Rubric. On the next page, you will find an explanation of what a reflective journal is, its benefits, format, and some additional questions. Read this carefully before working on your reflective journal.
1. What prior knowledge did I bring to the class this week?
2. What were my expectations for this week? Were they fulfilled?
3. What was my greatest accomplishment this week, and how will I apply it in my personal life or
place of work?
4. What was my greatest challenge this week, and what steps did I take or will take to overcome it?
5. What is the #1 priority that I need to accomplish before the next workshop, and how will I achieve
it?
6. What were some important concepts, factors and ideas that I discovered/learned this week?
Remember that you may have already heard or known about the concept before; if so, try to write
something new about it.
7. In what specific area do I still need help, and what can I do to help myself?
8. Did I reach my goals for this week? If so, what did I specifically do to help myself? If not, what
can I do to improve, and what will I do differently next time?
9. What did I do specifically to contribute to my peers’ learning this week? What did I learn from
them?
10. What do I want to learn more about and why?
11. How did I grow, improve, and develop myself this week? Be specific. Explain how you will
apply this to your personal or work life.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 193
Revised August, 2016
What Is a Reflective Journal? A reflective journal is a steadily growing document where learners record their reflections and thoughts on what they are learning required for their degree area and application to real-life job situations. Benefits By keeping a record of their teaching and learning experiences, students are able to push themselves forward on their professional development journey. There's an old saying that states, "You don't know what you know until you've written it down." Several research studies have found this to be true. By writing what you've learned, you can track the progress you've made, and you can also begin to notice the gaps in your knowledge and skills as a dual language professional. Format You may write your journal in a free flowing essay form or respond to the following entries (questions) that may apply for a particular workshop session: • Two main ideas/concepts I found particularly useful in this week’s workshop are … • Some personal beliefs about teaching and learning that have changed as a result of this workshop are
… • One concept I learned in this workshop which I may be able to apply in the future is ... • Some issues that greatly interested me and that I would like to study in greater detail are ... • I am still unsure about ... • Some topics which, in my opinion, should have been covered but were not covered are … • Some learning strategies that I have used in the past and were reinforced by this workshop are … • Some particularly interesting facts I learned in this session are ...
Note: Use the Six-Trait Analytic Writing Rubric found in Appendix C for evaluation purposes. Vijay Gambhir July 8, 2010 Adapted from: Learning Journals http://www.audiencedialogue.net/journal.html
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 194
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice J
Rúbrica de dramatización de roles
Appendix J
Role-playing Rubric
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 195
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice J Rúbrica de dramatización de roles
Los estudiantes y los facilitadores deben utilizar esta rúbrica para evaluar las dramatizaciones de roles.
Nombre del estudiante: _______________________ Fecha: _______________
Tema: ________________________________________ Taller: _______________
Instrucciones: Por favor refiérase a los criterios que evalúa y déjese llevar por la escala, de manera que asigne los puntos que mejor reflejen la dramatización de roles. Cinco corresponde a la máxima puntuación, mientras uno refleja la puntuación mínima. También puede escribir sus comentarios (opcional). Escriba una “X” en el encasillado que aplique a cada criterio. Para obtener el total, sume los números correspondientes hacia abajo y luego hacia el lado. Utilice la escala evaluativa para determinar la calificación final.
Escala: 5 = Puntuación máxima 1 = Puntuación mínima
5 4 3 2 1 Comentarios
(opcional) Criterios de contenido
1. Objetivos y conceptos: Introduce los objetivos efectivamente y proyecta los conceptos de manera comprensible, a través de la presentación, el modelaje o la dramatización de roles.
2. Captación de audiencia: Captura y mantiene la atención e interés del aprendiz del lenguaje inglés (ELL) al introducir la lección y a lo largo de la demostración.
3. Coherencia y claridad: Presenta la lección organizada, lógica y coherentemente de manera que el ELL puede entenderla con facilidad.
4. Dominio del material y desempeño: Domina el material y evidencia que comprende el contenido sin cometer errores. Se presenta relajado, bien preparado, seguro de sí mismo y no consulta sus apuntes.
5. Interacción y evidencia de actividades educativas: Los ELL son el centro de la lección. La interacción entre los alumnos, y entre los estudiantes y el maestro, es significativa y eficaz durante toda la demostración. Las actividades comunicativas que se evidencian en la lección son auténticas, pertinentes y eficaces.
6. Estrategias, procesos, proyección y técnicas: Implementa estrategias y procesos significativos de asesoramiento, que son apropiados para el grado y la edad, y están basados en las tareas. Demuestra eficazmente la proyección personal, postura corporal y las técnicas de manejo de la clase que mantienen a los estudiantes concentrados en sus tareas todo el tiempo, si aplica.
7. Medios audiovisuales y tecnológicos: Utiliza los medios audiovisuales y tecnológicos correcta y eficazmente durante la demostración.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 196
Revised August, 2016
Escala: 5 = Puntuación máxima 1 = Puntuación mínima
5 4 3 2 1 Comentarios
(opcional) Criterios de lenguaje
8. Destrezas lingüísticas: Demuestra habilidades lingüísticas, en español, incluyendo el vocabulario, la sintaxis y el flujo de ideas. Aplica el vocabulario académico eficaz y correctamente.
9. Manejo de la voz: Pronuncia y entona apropiadamente y proyecta su voz de manera eficaz y clara.
10. Propiedad y corrección: Usa la gramática con propiedad y corrección.
Totales (70 % de contenido y 30 % de lenguaje)
Total puntos
_______
Criterios de contenido (70 %)
Subtotales por criterio
Objetivos y conceptos Captación de audiencia Coherencia y claridad Dominio del material y desempeño Interacción y evidencia de actividades educativas Estrategias, procesos, proyección y técnicas Medios audiovisuales y tecnológicos
Criterios de lenguaje (30 %) Destrezas lingüísticas Manejo de la voz Propiedad y corrección TOTAL (Sume todos los subtotales para determinar
la puntuación y calificación final.)
Puntuación final: ___/50_
Calificación:_____
Escala evaluativa (0-50)
5 - Excelente 45-50 puntos = A 4 - Bueno 40-44 puntos = B 3 - Satisfactorio 35-39 puntos = C 2 – Necesita mejorar 30-34 puntos = D 1 - Inaceptable 0-29 puntos = F
Firma del facilitador: _______________________ Fecha: ____________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 197
Revised August, 2016
Appendix J Role-playing Rubric
Students and facilitators are required to use this rubric to evaluate students’ role-playing.
Student’s Name: ____________________________ Date: _______________________
Topic: _____________________________________ Workshop Number: ____________
Instructions: 1. Please refer to each criterion listed below when evaluating students’ role-playing. 2. Apply the points that best reflect the student’s role playing as follows:
(5 = Highest, 1 = Lowest) 3. Place an “X” in the box that applies for each criterion and feel free to write any comments. 4. To obtain the Final Total Score, add the corresponding numbers down and then across. 5. Use the Grading Scale to apply the final grade.
Scale:
5 = Highest 1 = Lowest 5 4 3 2 1 Comments
(optional) Content Criteria
1. Objectives and Concepts: Introduces the objectives effectively through a presentation,
modeling, or role playing that clearly demonstrates the concepts in a comprehensible manner.
2. Captivated Audience: Captures the attention and interest of the English Language
Learner (ELL) at the introduction of the lesson and maintains it throughout the duration of the lesson.
3. Coherence and Clarity: Presents the lesson in an organized, logical, and coherent
manner that can be easily understood by the ELL.
4. Mastery of Content and Performance: Demonstrates mastery of the topic or subject of discussion by effectively demonstrating knowledge of content without incurring in errors. Appears relaxed, well-prepared, self-confident, and does not refer to notes.
5. Interaction and Evidence of Educational Activities: ELLs are the center of the lesson. Interaction among the students and between students and teacher is meaningful and effective at all times during the lesson. Communicative activities demonstrated in the lesson are authentic, relevant, and effective.
6. Strategies, Procedures, Projection, and Techniques: Implements meaningful, grade and age-appropriate strategies and task-based assessment procedures. Demonstrates effective personal projection, corporal posture, and effective classroom presentation/management techniques that keep the students on task at all times, if applicable.
7. Audiovisual Aids and Technology: Uses audiovisual aids and technology properly and effectively during the demonstration.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 198
Revised August, 2016
Scale: 5 = Highest 1 = Lowest
5 4 3 2 1 Comments (optional)
Language Criteria
8. Linguistic Skills: Demonstrates linguistic skills in English, including vocabulary, syntax, and flow of ideas. Applies academic vocabulary effectively to convey the message.
9. Voice: Uses correct pronunciation and intonation and projects his/her voice clearly and precisely.
10. Conventions: Uses proper and correct grammar.
Totals (70% for Content and 30% for Language)
Total Points
Content Criteria (70%) Subtotals per Criterion
Objectives and Concepts Captivated Audience Coherence and Clarity Mastery of Content and Performance Interaction and Evidence of Educational Activities Strategies, Procedures, Projection, and Techniques Audiovisual Aids and Technology Language Criteria (30%)
Linguistic Skills Voice Conventions
TOTAL (Add all the totals to obtain the final score and grade.)
Final Score: ___/50_ Grade: ________
Grading Scale (0-50)
5 - Excellent 45-50 points = A 4 - Good 40-44 points = B 3 - Satisfactory 35-39 points = C 2 – Needs Improvement 30-34 points = D 1 - Unacceptable 0-29 points = F
Facilitator’s Signature: ___________________________ Date: ___________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 199
Revised August, 2016
Appendix K
KWHLAQ CHART
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 200
Revised August, 2016
APPENDIX K: KWHLAQ CHART
KWHLAQ Chart-21st. Century Style
Q
This upgrade group instruction activity developed by Donna Ogle (1986) Re. Upgrade your KWL Chart to the 21st Century (2011, July 21) was retrieved from http://langwitches.org/blog/2011/07/21/upgrade-your-kwl-chart-to-the-21st-century/
A
L
H
W
K What do I
know? What do I want to
know?
How do I find out?
What have I
learned?
What action will I take?
What new Questions do I have?
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 201
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice L
Rúbrica del foro de discusión escrita
Appendix L
Written Discussion Forum Rubric
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 202
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice L Rúbrica del foro de discusión escrita Tanto estudiantes como facilitadores deben utilizar esta rúbrica para evaluar los foros de discusión escrita.
Nombre del estudiante: _________________________________ Fecha: _____________________________ Tema: _______________________________________________ Taller: _____________________________ Instrucciones: Por favor refiérase a los criterios que evalúa y déjese llevar por la escala, de manera que asigne los puntos que mejor reflejen el foro de discusión escrita. Cinco corresponde a la máxima puntuación, mientras uno refleja la puntuación mínima. También puede escribir sus comentarios (opcional). Escriba una “X” en el encasillado que aplique a cada criterio. Para obtener el total, sume los números correspondientes hacia abajo y luego hacia el lado. Utilice la escala evaluativa para determinar la calificación final.
Criterios 5
4
3
2
1
Comentarios (opcional)
Contenido 1. Propósito: El propósito o argumento central del escritor es evidente al lector.
2. Contenido: La presentación de información es relevante, legítima y contesta las preguntas con precisión y argumentos claros que demuestran un análisis profundo del tema. El lector adquiere percepciones importantes.
3. Organización: Las ideas están organizadas de manera lógica para apoyar el propósito o argumento. Fluyen fácilmente entre sí y están claramente vinculadas con las preguntas del foro. El lector sigue el razonamiento con facilidad.
4. Cautiva al lector y mantiene su interés al contestar las preguntas. 5. Pensamiento crítico: Critica el contexto del discurso académico en términos de las suposiciones del estudiante. Integra diferentes maneras epistemológicas y disciplinarias de saber.
6. Formula conclusiones basadas en lo investigado.
7. Demuestra que entiende las ideas significativas para alcanzar organizadamente un nivel alto de comprensión.
Lenguaje 8. Demuestra dominio del idioma español, incluyendo el vocabulario académico, la sintaxis y el flujo de ideas.
9. Usa correctamente la ortografía, puntuación y el estilo APA.
10. Emplea un nivel de formalidad del idioma que es apropiado para el tipo de documento.
Totales (70 % para contenido y 30 % para lenguaje)
Total de puntos
Firma del facilitador: ______________________________ Fecha: ____________________________
Escala evaluativa (0-50) 5 - Excelente 45-50 puntos = A 4 - Bueno 40-44 puntos = B 3 - Satisfactorio 35-39 puntos = C 2 – Necesita mejorar 30-34 puntos = D 1 - Inaceptable 0-29 puntos = F
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 203
Revised August, 2016
Appendix L Written Discussion Forum Rubric
Both students and facilitators must use this rubric to evaluate students’ written discussion forums.
Student’s Name: ______________________________ Date: __________________ Topic: _________________________________ Workshop Number: ____________ Instructions:
1. Please refer to each criterion listed below when evaluating students’ written discussion forums. 2. Apply the points that best reflect the student’s written discussion forum as follows:
(5 = Highest, 1 = Lowest) 3. Place an “X” in the box that applies for each criterion, and feel free to write any comments. 4. To obtain the Final Total Score, add the corresponding numbers down and then across. 5. Use the Grading Scale to apply the final grade.
Criteria 5 4 3 2 1 Comments (optional)
Content 1. Purpose: Writer’s purpose or central argument is readily apparent to the reader.
2. Content: Presentation of information is relevant and legitimate and answers questions precisely and with clear arguments which demonstrate an in-depth analysis of the topic. The reader acquires important perceptions.
3. Organization: Ideas are arranged in a logical order to support the purpose or argument. They flow smoothly from one to another and are clearly linked to the forum questions. The reader can easily follow the lines of reasoning.
4. The writing hooks the reader and sustains interest upon answering the questions.
5. Critical Thinking: Critiques context of the academic discourse in terms of the student’s assumptions. Integrates different disciplinary and epistemological ways of knowing.
6. Draws conclusions based on research-based facts. 7. Demonstrates a comprehensive grasp of significant ideas to reach a higher level of understanding in an organized manner.
Language 8. Demonstrates a command of the English language, including academic vocabulary, syntax, and flow of ideas.
9. Uses spelling, punctuation, and APA style correctly. 10. Uses a level of formality of language that is appropriate for the nature of the document.
Totals (70% for content and 30% for language)
Total Points ____
Facilitator’s Signature: ______________________________ Date: ______________________
Grading Scale (0-50) 5 - Excellent 45-50 points = A 4 - Good 40-44 points = B 3 - Satisfactory 35-39 points = C 2 – Needs Improvement 30-34 points = D 1 – Unacceptable 0-29 points = F
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 204
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice M
Rúbrica del foro de discusión oral
Appendix M
Oral Discussion Forum Rubric
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 205
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice M Rúbrica del foro de discusión oral
Los estudiantes y los facilitadores deben utilizar esta rúbrica para evaluar los foros de discusión oral.
Nombre del estudiante: _______________________ Fecha: _______________
Tema: ________________________________________ Taller: _______________ Instrucciones: Por favor refiérase a los criterios que evalúa y déjese llevar por la escala, de manera que asigne los puntos que mejor reflejen el foro de discusión oral. Cinco corresponde a la máxima puntuación, mientras uno refleja la puntuación mínima. También puede escribir sus comentarios (opcional). Escriba una “X” en el encasillado que aplique a cada criterio. Para obtener el total, sume los números correspondientes hacia abajo y luego hacia el lado. Utilice la escala evaluativa para determinar la calificación final.
Escala:
5 = Puntuación máxima 1 = Puntuación mínima
5 4 3 2 1 Comentarios
(opcional)
Criterios de contenido
1. Objetivos, ideas y principios: Introduce efectivamente las ideas del tema que discutirá.
2. Coherencia y claridad: Organiza concisa, coherente y precisamente las ideas. La comunicación es coherente y fácil de seguir y proyecta consistentemente los conceptos con un enfoque claro.
3. Dominio del contenido: Domina y explica el contenido apropiadamente, sin cometer errores.
4. Vínculo con el material de la clase: Basa las ideas y argumentos en el material y los recursos de la clase.
5. Captación de la audiencia: Captura la atención y el interés de la audiencia al emplear un tono adecuado que invita y promueve la participación.
6. Manejo de la voz: Proyecta la voz claramente, con énfasis y un volumen adecuado. Controla hábilmente la velocidad, el ritmo, las pausas y la entonación.
7. Alto nivel de comprensión: Evidencia un alto y claro nivel de comprensión de las ideas significativas que expresa.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 206
Revised August, 2016
Escala:
5 = Puntuación máxima 1 = Puntuación mínima 5 4 3 2 1
Criterios de lenguaje 8. Destrezas lingüísticas: Domina las destrezas de comunicación oral en español, incluyendo la sintaxis y el flujo de ideas.
9. Vocabulario académico: Aplica el vocabulario académico eficaz y correctamente.
10. Propiedad y corrección: Emplea la gramática correctamente. El texto no tiene errores.
Subtotales (70 % de contenido y 30 % de lenguaje)
Total de
puntos ______
Criterios de contenido (70 %) Subtotales por criterio
Objetivos, ideas y principios Coherencia y claridad Dominio del contenido Vínculo con material de la clase Captación de la audiencia Manejo de la voz Alto nivel de comprensión Criterios de lenguaje (30 %) Destrezas lingüísticas Vocabulario académico Propiedad y corrección
TOTAL (Sume todos los subtotales para determinar la puntuación y calificación final.)
Puntuación final: ___/50_
Calificación:_____
Firma del facilitador: _______________________ Fecha: ____________________
Escala evaluativa (0-50) 5 - Excelente 45-50 puntos = A 4 - Bueno 40-44 puntos = B 3 - Satisfactorio 35-39 puntos = C 2 - Necesita mejorar 30-34 puntos = D 1 - Inaceptable 0-29 puntos = F
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 207
Revised August, 2016
Appendix M Oral Discussion Forum Rubric
Students and facilitators are required to use this rubric to evaluate students’ oral discussion forums.
Student’s Name: ______________________________ Date: ________________________
Topic: _________________________________ Workshop Number:
____________
Instructions:
1. Please refer to each criterion listed below when evaluating students’ oral discussion forums. 2. Apply the points that best reflect the student’s presentation/role playing as follows:
(5 = Highest, 1 = Lowest) 3. Place an “X” in the box that applies for each criterion and feel free to write any comments. 4. To obtain the Final Total Score, add the corresponding numbers down and then across. 5. Use the Grading Scale to apply the final grade.
Scale:
5 = Highest 1 = Lowest
5 4 3 2 1 Comments
(optional)
Content Criteria
1. Objectives, Ideas, and Principles: Presents an effective introduction to the ideas of the topic that will be discussed.
2. Coherence and Clarity: Organizes the ideas in a concise, coherent, and precise manner. Communication is easy to follow and consistently projects the concepts with a clear focus.
3. Content Mastery: Demonstrates mastery of the topic or subject of discussion and properly explains the content without incurring in errors.
4. Class Resources/Material Support: Ideas and arguments are well-supported by the material and resources presented in class.
5. Captivated Audience: Captures the attention and interest of the audience by using an appropriate tone which invites and encourages participation.
6. Voice Control: Projects voice clearly, with appropriate stress and volume. Skillfully controls speed, rhythm, pauses, and intonation.
7. High Level of Comprehension: Demonstrates a high and clear level of comprehension of the expressed significant ideas.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 208
Revised August, 2016
Scale:
5 = Highest 1 = Lowest 5 4 3 2 1
Language Criteria 8. Linguistic skills: Demonstrates mastery of oral communication skills in English, including syntax and flow of ideas.
9. Academic Vocabulary: Applies academic vocabulary effectively and correctly.
10. Conventions: Uses correct grammar, and the text is free of errors.
Subtotals (70% for content and 30% for language)
Total Points
______
Content Criteria (70%) Subtotals per Criteria
Objectives, Ideas, and Principles Coherence and Clarity Content Mastery Class Resources/Material Support Captivated Audience Voice Control High Level of Comprension Language Criteria (30%) Linguistic Skills Academic Vocabulary Conventions
TOTAL (Add all the subtotals to obtain the final score and grade.)
Final Score: ___/50_
Grade:_____
Grading Scale (0-50) 5 - Excellent 45-50 points = A 4 - Good 40-44 points = B 3 - Satisfactory 35-39 points = C 2 - Needs Improvement 30-34 points = D 1 - Unacceptable 0-29 points = F Facilitator’s Signature: ___________________________ Date: ____________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 209
Revised August, 2016
Appendix N Speaking Rubric Students and facilitators are required to use this rubric to evaluate students’ speaking skills.
Student’s Name: ___________________ Date: _______________________________
Topic: ____________________________ Workshop: __________________________ Instructions:
1. Please refer to each criterion listed below in order to evaluate the student’s speaking skills. 2. Apply the points that best reflect the student’s speaking skills as follows: (5 = Highest, 1 =
Lowest) 3. Place an “X” in the box that applies for each criterion and feel free to write any comments. 4. To obtain the Final Total Score, add the corresponding numbers down and then across. 5. Use the Grading Scale to apply the final grade.
Scale: 5 = Highest 1 = Lowest
5 4 3 2 1 Comments (optional)
Criteria 1. Body Language:
Demonstrates appropriate nonverbal communication, where thoughts, intentions, or feelings are expressed by physical behaviors, including facial expressions, posture, gestures, movement, touch, and use of space.
2. Eye Contact: Maintains visual contact with the audience and establishes a balance when consulting notes.
3. Voice: Projects voice clearly, with appropriate emphasis, strength, volume, rhythm, and intonation; controls speed and pauses.
4. Vocabulary: Uses appropriate vocabulary to adequately express ideas with a language that is clear, precise, and grammatically correct.
5. Pronunciation: Pronounces words clearly, distinctly, and fluently; transmits message eloquently and coherently.
TOTALS
Total Points _____
Facilitator’s Signature: ___________________________ Date: ____________________
Grading Scale (0 - 25) 5 - Excellent 23 - 25 points = A 4 - Good 20 - 22 points = B 3 - Satisfactory 18 - 19 points = C 2 - Needs Improvement 15 - 17 points = D 1 - Unacceptable 0 - 14 points = F
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 210
Revised August, 2016
Appendix O Listening Rubric Students and facilitators are required to use this rubric to evaluate students’ listening skills
during targeted planned activities and tasks, such as listening to videos, PowerPoint presentations, oral presentations, discussion forums, and facilitator’s readings, among others.
Student’s Name: ___________________ Date: _______________________________ Topic: ____________________________ Workshop: __________________________ Instructions:
1. Please refer to each criterion listed below in order to evaluate the student’s speaking skills as indicated above.
2. Apply the points that best reflect the student’s listening skills as follows: (5 = Highest, 1 = Lowest)
3. Place an “X” in the box that applies for each criterion and feel free to write any comments. 4. To obtain the Final Total Score, add the corresponding numbers down and then across. 5. Use the Grading Scale to apply the final grade.
Scale: 5 = Highest 1 = Lowest
5 4 3 2 1 Comments (optional)
Criteria 1. Attention:
Focuses attention on the speaker’s lips, facial expressions, gestures, and body language to gain greater insight into the topic.
2. Feedback: Provides specific, user-friendly, and positive feedback that can help the speaker reach his/her goals, if applicable.
3. Questions: Asks related and relevant questions, and seeks clarification when needed.
4. Non-verbal Cues: Is aware of his/her own body language and is mindful that posture, demeanor, and facial expressions, such as a nod and a smile, are open and inviting, putting the speaker at ease.
5. Understanding of Content: Demonstrates understanding by providing answers that are accurate and relevant to the ideas and information presented; includes specific details in his/her responses.
6. Respect and Courtesy: Refrains from needlessly interrupting the speaker, avoids making assumptions, demonstrates empathy, and is non-judgmental; asserts his/her opinion respectfully.
7. Response to Guided Questions: Demonstrates understanding by providing accurate, precise, and relevant answers to guiding questions provided by the facilitator.
8. Paraphrasing: Paraphrases the speaker appropriately to verify that his/her interpretation is accurate.
TOTALS Total Points ______
___________________________
Facilitator’s Signature: ________________________ Date: ____________________
Grading Scale (0 - 40) 5 - Excellent 36 - 40 points = A 4 - Good 32 - 35 points = B 3 - Satisfactory 28 - 31 points = C 2 - Needs Improvement 24 - 27 points = D 1 - Unacceptable 0 - 23 points = F
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 211
Revised August, 2016
Appendix P Reading Comprehension Rubric
Students and facilitators are required to use this rubric to evaluate students’ reading comprehension skills during targeted planned activities and tasks, such as reading books,
articles, journals, colleagues’ works, postings on written discussion forums, and information accessed on the Internet, among others.
Student’s Name: ___________________ Date: _______________________________ Topic: ____________________________ Workshop: __________________________ Instructions:
1. Please refer to each criterion listed below in order to evaluate the student’s reading comprehension skills, as indicated above.
2. Apply the points that best reflect the student’s reading comprehension skills as follows: (5 = Highest, 1 = Lowest)
3. Place an “X” in the box that applies for each criterion and feel free to write any comments. 4. To obtain the Final Total Score, add the corresponding numbers down and then across. 5. Use the Grading Scale to apply the final grade.
Scale: 5 = Highest 1 = Lowest
5 4 3 2 1 Comments (optional)
Criteria 1. Purpose:
Establishes a clear and focused purpose prior to reading.
2. Prior Knowledge: Makes numerous connections which activate prior knowledge; makes elaborate and valid text-to-self, text-to-text, and text-to-real world connections.
3. Main Idea: Identifies a main idea and uses supporting details from the text to demonstrate an overall understanding.
4. Text Features: Analyzes text features to facilitate comprehension and demonstrate understanding of the text; refers to text features and correlates their importance to the content of the text.
5. Questioning: Consistently demonstrates understanding of questioning before, during, and after reading; asks challenging questions that demonstrate higher level thinking and raise issues to think about.
6. Sensory Imagery: Provides elaborately visualized descriptions when expressing through writing, drawing, and/or discussion.
7. Monitoring of Comprehension: Uses a variety of strategies (e.g. reread, adjust reading rate, use word parts and context clues) to monitor comprehension automatically and effectively to clarify confusion, answer questions about the text, and build meaning when comprehension breaks down.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 212
Revised August, 2016
Scale: 5 = Highest 1 = Lowest
5 4 3 2 1 Comments (optional)
8. Predicting/Drawing Conclusions/ Making Inferences: Develops insightful predictions and conclusions that include connections between the text and the reader’s knowledge, beliefs, and ideas; recognizes subtle clues in selection to make valid inferences.
9. Summarizing/Synthesizing: Summarizes in own words by connecting details, facts, and information from throughout the text, identifying main points and elaborating with evidence.
10. Interpretation of Vocabulary: Decodes meanings of unfamiliar words by applying word structure, origin, and context clues
11. Compare and Contrast: Analyzes similarities and differences by elaborating with well-chosen examples that demonstrate understanding of the text.
12. Cause and Effect: Analyzes text and makes in-depth connections to interpret the relationship between cause and effect.
13. Fact and Opinion: Expresses an opinion and uses specific evidence/facts to support the opinion and enhance interpretation of the text.
14. Extends Information Beyond the Text: Consistently and accurately applies information in the text to own life, world, and/or profession.
15. Evaluates Reasoning: Evaluates reasoning of ideas and themes and makes solid, defendable judgments about ideas and concepts related to the text.
TOTALS
Total Points
___
Facilitator’s Signature: ___________________________ Date: ____________________
Grading Scale (0 - 75) 5 - Excellent 68 - 75 points = A 4 - Good 60 - 67 points = B 3 - Satisfactory 53 - 59 points = C 2 - Needs Improvement 45 - 52 points = D 1 - Unacceptable 0 - 44 points = F
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 213
Revised August, 2016
Appendix Q
Practicum Site Request Letter
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 214
Revised August, 2016
Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez School of Professional Studies
Universidad del Turabo Date: _______________ To whom it may concern: The School for Professional Studies of the Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez (SUAGM) currently offers in Florida the first bilingual Counseling in Student Affairs in Higher Education Master’s Degree Program in an accelerated format. Acknowledging the needs of our population, SUAGM and the University of Turabo have created and adapted this program to educate high quality bilingual professionals in counseling services. As part of this academic program, our students are required to meet for 100 hours of supervised practicum experience in a higher education counseling center during a period of 8 weeks. Said hours should be spread out in three days, approximately 4.5 hours per day. This experience is scheduled to begin by ________________________. A practicum site supervisor or collaborator counselor is required to work with the student. SUAGM requests your collaboration to help our students meet their educational goals. Our institution invites you to participate in our student site practicum placement program. We would appreciate your response by _______________________, so that we can begin to make placement arrangements and comply with any special requirements from your site. In addition, you will find a description of site supervisor and practicum site profiles for your review. Please feel free to contact Professor __________________ at _________________ to clarify any questions or doubts. Yours truly, _________________________________ Faculty and Curriculum Director Ana G. Méndez University System Tel. (407) 207-3363 Fax: (407) 207-3373 Tel. (954) 885-5595 Fax (954) 885-5861
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 215
Revised August, 2016
The collaborative practicum site supervisor is the facilitator and collaborative counselor who represents the counseling practicum site. He/she will advise and offer consultation services to the student during the practicum experience. The faculty practicum supervisor will also provide one-on-one supervision, make observations, evaluate student performance, and offer feedback and recommendations regarding methods, skills, techniques, and case management. Furthermore, triadic meetings with the intern, faculty practicum supervisor, and the practicum site supervisor will take place to discuss the internship experience, as well as concerns that may arise.
A. Profile 1. Must be a professional, state-certified or licensed counselor with at least
two years of experience in professional counseling services with satisfactory or excellent evaluations; must have demonstrated moral and ethical professional qualifications in his/her practice.
B. Duties 1. Encourage the intern and involve him/her in opportunities to practice and
execute a variety of counseling activities under supervision. 2. Evaluate students’ performance in said activities. 3. Complete and sign the practicum student evaluation forms. 4. Coordinate faculty practicum supervisor site visits and intern’s
evaluations. 5. Discuss the intern’s performance, progress, and concerns with the faculty
practicum supervisor. 6. Ensure that the practicum site offers the intern an adequate setting to
conduct individual and group counseling sessions with guaranteed privacy, adequate space to execute his/her duties, appropriate equipment, and relevant materials, such as required forms and documents, to handle clients’ records in accordance with site policies.
7. Collaborate with the student to establish weekly schedules at the site, in order to fulfill contact hour requirements.
The practicum site is the institution approved by SUAGM in which the intern will complete his/her practicum experience.
A. Site selection criteria 1. Demonstrates positive and assertive perception of counseling and assistance
services. 2. Offers services in counseling that follow legal and professional standards,
including the following: a. Abides by the professional code of ethics and standards of the
American Counseling Association (ACA), the National Board for Certified Counselors (NBCC), the American School Counselor Association (ASCA), and others specific to its services.
b. Demonstrates competency in the use of assessment instruments with clients.
c. Exhibits a strong and steady belief in teamwork and group collaboration.
d. Promotes preventive, remedial, and therapeutic models.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 216
Revised August, 2016
e. Ensures clients’ rights and counselor’s responsibilities, and also promotes respect in the peer training processes.
f. Respects human diversity rights and civil laws concerning professional counseling practice.
3. Participates in student training with professionalism, expertise, and respect. 4. Implements the appropriate resources to provide quality supervision. 5. Provides appropriate physical facilities in which the intern can practice with a
high degree of confidentiality. 6. Provides the required human resources to facilitate students’ achievement of
the counseling practicum goals, as well as opportunities to offer effective and significant experiences of professional training.
7. Accommodates students for the required 100 hours, spread out in three days, approximately 4 hours, 10 minutes per day for 8 weeks of supervised practicum experience, thus allowing students to practice counseling and guidance skills.
8. Provides mentoring in case management, interviewing skills, problem identification and solving skills, therapeutic planning, and termination processes.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 217
Revised August, 2016
Appendix R
Practicum Hours Log
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 218
Revised August, 2016
Practicum Hours Log
Intern: __________________________ Practicum Site: __________________________ Site Supervisor: _________________________ The practicum experience requires our interns to complete a minimum of 100 hours in counseling skills practice. Seminar/class hours are not included in this log. Students must keep this document updated with all the required information. They must submit a copy of this document to the faculty practicum supervisor at every session of the practicum seminar or evaluation visit. Indicate in the columns below, the amount of time (minutes, hours) spent in each activity under its corresponding initials, as well as the time you begin and end each one.
DS: Direct Service OO: One-on-one Counseling or Guidance GC: Group Counseling or Guidance SS: Site Supervision TS: Triadic Supervision IS: Indirect Service, Professional Development, Staff Meetings, and Others
Date Time
In Time Out
Total Hours
DS
OO
GC
IS
TS
SS
Intern’s Initials
Site Supervisor’s
Initials
TOTAL
_____________________________________ ______________________ Faculty Practicum Supervisor’s Signature Intern’s Signature
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 219
Revised August, 2016
Appendix S
Summary of Practicum Hours
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 220
Revised August, 2016
Practicum Hours Summary
Intern: ___________________ Practicum Site: ____________________ Site Supervisor: __________________ Faculty Supervisor: _____________________ Students will use the data from the Practicum Hours Logs of all of their practicum site experiences to break down and consolidate said information into the following summary.
Activity Number of Hours Direct Service (Minimum 40 hours)
One-on-one Counseling or Guidance
Group Counseling or Guidance
Indirect Service (Professional Development, Staff Meetings, and Others)
Site Supervision
Triadic Supervision
Other: _______________________________________ (Please specify)
TOTAL
_________________________ Date: __________________ Intern’s Signature _________________________ Date: __________________ Site Supervisor’s Signature _________________________ Date: __________________ Practicum Faculty Supervisor’s Signature _________________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 221
Revised August, 2016
Appendix T
Site Supervisor’s Intern Evaluation Form
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 222
Revised August, 2016
Site Supervisor’s Intern Evaluation Form
Maximum Score: 385 points Intern’s Score________
Grade: _______________ Intern: _________________________ Date: _______________________________ Site Supervisor: _______________________ Site: ________________________________ ________________________________ Using the following criteria, evaluate the intern’s achievement in the practicum experience in each category. Circle the number that best describes the student’s performance. To calculate the intern’s final grade
• add all the subtotals for each category, • subtract 5 points for each NA from the above subtotal to get the final total, and • divide the final total by the maximum of points which is 385.
1 Poor
(Demonstrates no knowledge or
skills)
2 Below
Average (Requires extensive
training and ongoing
supervision)
3 Average
(Demonstrates adequate skills,
but would benefit from training and supervision)
4 Above
Average (Demonstrates high levels of competencies)
5 Excellent
(Demonstrates
exemplary levels of mastery)
NA
(Not applicable)
I. Professional Behavior 1. Shows personal commitment to develop professional competencies.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
2. Invests time and energy in becoming an effective counselor. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 3. Exhibits ethical and professional behavior. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 4. Accepts and uses criticism to enhance self-development and counseling skills.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
5. Accurately assesses one’s own skills and competencies. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 6. Engages in open, comfortable, and clear communication with peers and supervisors.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
7. Recognizes one’s own deficiencies and actively works to overcome them with the help of peers and supervisors.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
8. Completes case reports and records punctually and conscientiously.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
9. Exhibits a professional appearance to the counseling site. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 10. Attends all sessions on a regular basis; justifies absences. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 223
Revised August, 2016
11. Arrives promptly to appointments with clients, staff, and supervisors.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
12. Contacts the practicum supervisor if delayed or absent. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 13. Shows respect for clients and coworkers, regardless of race, color, religion, sex, age, national or ethnic origin, political beliefs, marital status, disability or handicap, sexual orientation, and social and family background.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
14. Evidences honesty in professional dealings. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 15. Shows respect for clients, colleagues, and supervisory staff. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 16. Takes reasonable precautions to distinguish personal views from institutional or supervisors’ views.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
Subtotal
II. Assessment Skills 1. Identifies assessment techniques appropriately. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 2. Interprets assessment results effectively and efficiently. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 3. Assesses clients’ problems or concerns. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 4. Appraises client’s specific needs. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 5. Selects effective and appropriate evaluation tools and techniques to address each specific situation.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
6. Implements effective assessment techniques on a case-by-case basis.
7. Identifies one’s counseling limitations by means of the analysis of collected data.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
8. Self-assesses the results of one’s interventions. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 9. Integrates assessment tools and their results into intervention
planning. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
10. Interprets tests and effectively communicates results to clients.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
11. Demonstrates skills and knowledge in selecting the appropriate tests for different situations.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
12. Explains test procedures and their use to clients in a comprehensible manner.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
13. Interprets test results in an unbiased, effective, and honest manner.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
14. Recognizes the impact of gender, socio-cultural, and ethnic influences on the assessment process.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
15. Develops treatment plans according to assessment results. 1 2 3 4 5 NA Subtotal
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 224
Revised August, 2016
III. Case Management Skills 1. Reviews and documents clients’ information. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 2. Maintains accurate and current records. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 3. Compiles case information, summaries, and reports in an organized manner that can be easily understood when reviewing the case.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
4. Coordinates appropriate services with community offices or other agencies relevant to the case.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
5. Engages in appropriate consultations, as needed. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 6. Makes appropriate referrals. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 7. Collaborates effectively with colleagues and efficiently coordinates services.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
Subtotal IV. Counseling Skills 1. Researches referrals prior to first interviews. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 2. Demonstrates interpersonal skills when establishing a counseling relationship with a child or adult client.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
3. Implements effective communication skills with clients. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 4. Develops a therapeutic relationship, characterized by empathy and positive regard for the client.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
5. Demonstrates the capacity to consistently and effectively counsel clients.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
6. Effectively handles confrontational situations. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 7. Effectively discerns when to remain silent. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 8. Evidences reflection skills. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 9. Involves clients in establishing realistic counseling goals. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 10. Adjusts counseling style or approaches according to clients’ cognitive and personal characteristics.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
11. Selects appropriate assessment techniques. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 12. Conceptualizes and actively implements a treatment plan. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 13. Demonstrates the appropriate use of counseling techniques and intervention skills.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
14. Acknowledges one’s limitations. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 15. Focuses on identifying and clarifying clients’ concerns, issues, and problems.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
16. Conceptualizes and proactively implements a treatment plan. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 17. Periodically evaluates one’s counseling goals and interventions.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
18. Identifies social, economic, and environmental factors that may adversely affect the clients’ recovery process.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
19. Appropriately uses referral resources, and adequately prepares the client and oneself for termination.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
20. Enhances the counseling process by Integrating technology in an effective and efficient manner.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
Subtotal
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 225
Revised August, 2016
V. Group Strategies 1. Accurately assesses group members. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 2. Recognizes group dynamics and implements appropriate strategies.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
3. Facilitates group dynamics. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 4. Takes the necessary measures to protect group members from emotional or physical harm.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
5. Organizes materials in an organized, logical, and sequential manner.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
6. Exhibits effective presentation skills, including all participants in the discussions.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
7. Demonstrates effective group management skills. 1 2 3 4 5 NA Subtotal
VI. Acknowledgement of Diversity Issues 1. Identifies issues of diversity that may impact understanding and intervention in the counseling relationship.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
2. Uses the appropriate intervention, taking into account multicultural perspectives.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
3. Demonstrates knowledge of the appropriate referral processes and of the resources available to address the needs of diverse populations.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
4. Exhibits awareness of empirical and theoretical bases for treating a diverse clientele.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
5. Demonstrates awareness and understanding of one’s own cultural identity and how that may impact counseling processes.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
Subtotal VII. Ethics 1. Evidences understanding the importance of ethics and practices it accordingly, as outlined by the profession.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
2. Assumes responsibility for cases and requests supervision, as needed.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
3. Maintains and demonstrates a respect for confidentiality. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 4. Shows respect when discussing cases. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 5. Provides critical feedback in a respectful manner. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 6. Accepts and utilizes critical feedback from supervisors and peers.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
7. Uses supervision in a developmentally appropriate manner, and shows an increasingly collaborative approach to supervision.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
Subtotal
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 226
Revised August, 2016
VIII. Summarize the intern’s achievement of the objectives observed during the practicum experience. Include areas of strengths and areas in need of further development. Add comments which can benefit the intern in attaining his/her goals. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________
Calculation Table
Criteria Maximum Possible
Score
Total Points for Each Category
I. Professional Behavior 80 II. Assessment Skills 75 III. Case Management Skills
35
IV. Counseling Skills 100 V. Group Strategies 35 VI. Acknowledgement of Diversity Issues
25
VIII. Ethics 35 Totals 385 Total points minus 5 points for
each NA = _____________ Final Total Points
Final Total Points divided by 385 = Final Grade
_____________ ÷ 385 = _______________ _____________________________ _____________________ Site Supervisor’s Signature Date ______________________________ _____________________ Intern’s Signature Date ______________________________ _____________________ Faculty Practicum Supervisor’s Signature Date
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 227
Revised August, 2016
Appendix U
Practicum Site Intern Evaluation Form
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 228
Revised August, 2016
Practicum Site Student Evaluation Form
Maximum Value: 130 pts Score: _______________
Intern: __________________ Date: _________________________ Period in Practicum setting: ________ Hours Completed: _______________ Practicum Site: _____________________________________ Practicum Collaborative Supervisor: ____________________ Practicum Faculty Supervisor: _________________________ I. Overall Practicum Experience Using the following criteria, evaluate the following aspects of your practicum experience. Circle the number that corresponds to your appraisal.
1 2 3 4 5 Deficient Adequate Excellent
a. Overall quality of your personal practicum experience 1 2 3 4 5 b. Overall quality of the supervision 1 2 3 4 5 c. Breadth/broadness of the experience 1 2 3 4 5 d. Depth/intensity of the experience 1 2 3 4 5 e. Overall professional atmosphere 1 2 3 4 5 f. Overall training atmosphere 1 2 3 4 5
II. Educative Practicum Experience Considering the details of your practicum site, use the following criteria to evaluate the following aspects of your practicum experience. Write the number that corresponds to your appraisal beside each item. 1 2 3 4 5 Strongly Disagree Disagree Neither Agree nor Disagree Agree Strongly Agree
a. The primary supervision I received was effective and beneficial, resulting in helping me achieve professional growth.
b. The amount of supervision I received was constructive, competent, and valuable.
c. I was exposed to several opportunities for professional development. d. Role models worthy of replicating were evident. e. Professional legal and ethical practices were always implemented. f. Opportunities to develop counseling skills with individuals were made available.
g. Opportunities to develop counseling skills with groups were made available.
h. The practicum environment and personnel were supportive.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 229
Revised August, 2016
i. I received peer support during the experience. j. The practicum experience provided me with professional challenges. k. My peers and supervisor treated me respectfully and courteously. l. I was encouraged to grow professionally. m. I was encouraged to grow personally. n. Both emotional and training support were readily available. o. Training was not limited to service delivery. p. The setting was appropriate and supportive for my professional activities. q. Site counseling goals were thoroughly explained to me. r. Site policies and procedures were thoroughly explained to me. t. I was involved in setting up and organizing operational dynamics. u. I was given the opportunity to learn and use related community services.
Subtotal III. Briefly describe some specific experiences you had at this practicum site that helped you develop and/or enhance your counseling skills. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ IV. Describe the most beneficial and productive practicum experience at this site and explain why it was so helpful. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ V. Describe the practicum experience at this site that was, in your opinion, the least useful and valuable. Explain why. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ VI. What actions can be taken to improve the practicum experience at this site? __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 230
Revised August, 2016
VII. Would you recommend this site to future practicum students? Explain your response. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ VIII. Check all activities in which you participated at this practicum site.
□ Individual counseling □ Personal/social □ Academic □ Occupational/career development □ Crisis
□ Group counseling □ Co-leading □ Leading □ Planning □ Guidance reports □ Record keeping □ Educational activities □ Referrals/community resources □ Center-wide guidance activities □ Use of assessment instruments □ Necessities studies □ Special projects planning □ Participation in site activities □ Individual supervision □ Meetings with parent/tutors
□ Advisory services with parents, tutors, and/or teachers □ Administrative, work team, and/or staff meetings □ Follow-up programs □ Student orientations □ Child study team meetings □ Technological assisted activities □ Other: _____________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________ _____________________________ _____________ Practicum Student’s Signature Date
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 231
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice V
Proyecto Final
Appendix V
Final Project
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 232
Revised August, 2016
Proyecto final
Descripción
Este proyecto incluye dos actividades relacionadas cada una a un análisis en el área de
consejería escolar. Los estudiantes escribirán un informe sobre cada actividad. Redactarán en
el idioma español para la actividad uno y en el idioma inglés para la actividad dos. Ambas
actividades se fundamentan en el análisis y resolución de una situación en el centro de
práctica, para evaluar las habilidades de los estudiantes en el campo de la consejería.
Actividad Uno - Identificación y análisis de un área de necesidad en el centro de
práctica
Contenido
1. Identifique un área de necesidad de la población a servir en su centro de práctica.
2. Realice una investigación referente al área de necesidad seleccionada.
3. Redacte un ensayo analítico sobre dicha área de necesidad en el que incluya lo
siguiente:
a. información sobre el área de necesidad (tema) escogida,
b. información sobre la población a servir en dicha área de necesidad,
c. explicación de cómo puede usted, como consejero, atender esta área de
necesidad y
d. justificación de cómo su plan beneficiará a la población a servir.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 233
Revised August, 2016
Activity Two - Action Plan for an Area of Need at the Practicum Site
Content
1. Research how the area of need identified in Activity One can be addressed.
2. Develop an action plan based on your research.
3. Write an expository essay that includes the following:
a. explanation of the action plan that addresses the population and the area of
need chosen for Activity One;
b. analysis of the objectives, activities, and evaluation of the action plan;
c. detailed explanation of the process, strategies, and techniques to be used to
implement the action plan; and
d. conclusion on how this action plan can benefit the population to be served.
Los alumnos deberán entregarle al facilitador dos copias escritas del proyecto final, como se
especifica a continuación:
1. La primera copia debe incluir
a. portada en formato APA,
b. su nombre completo y
c. su número de estudiante.
2. La segunda copia debe incluir
a. portada en formato APA y
b. el número de estudiante solamente, en vez del nombre completo. El
facilitador le entregará esta copia al director académico del centro.
Students will submit two written copies of the final project to the facilitator, and adhere to
the following specifications:
1. The first copy must include the following:
a. cover page in APA format,
b. student’s full name, and
c. student’s identification number.
2. The second copy must include the following:
d. cover page in APA format and
a. only the student’s number, instead of the student’s full name. The
facilitator will submit this copy to the campus academic director.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 234
Revised August, 2016
Appendix W
Final Project Development Log
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 235
Revised August, 2016
Final Project Development Log
Student’s Name ________________________________
Week Project Task Completed Not Completed
Facilitator’s Comments
One Design inventory of needs for student population
Two Analyze compiled data
Three Administer inventory of needs and identify areas of need
Four Compose a research literature review
Five Write analytical theme paper
Six Implement the project at school
Seven Carry out observations
Eight Present project in class
Student’s Signature ____________________________________ Supervisor’s Signature _________________________________
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 236
Revised August, 2016
Appendix X
Practicum Weekly Schedule
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 237
Revised August, 2016
Practicum Weekly Schedule
Intern: ________________________________________________________________ Practicum Site: _________________________________________________________ Site Address: ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________
Week from _______________ to_______________
Schedule
Day Hours
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
AM
PM
Total
_______________________ Intern’s Signature
_______________________
Site Supervisor’s Signature
_______________________ Date
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 238
Revised August, 2016
Appendix Y
Intern’s Self-Evaluation
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 239
Revised August, 2016
Intern’s Self-Evaluation
Intern: _______________________________________________ Date: ________________________________________________ Site: _________________________________________________ The purpose of this activity is for you to self-reflect and identify the areas in which you feel you have met your goals and the areas in which you feel you need to work on. The points you give yourself will not affect your final grade. It is essential that you be honest with yourself so that you can specifically determine what you need to do to achieve your highest potential. Using the following criteria, circle the number that best corresponds to your personal performance in this practicum experience. 1 2 3 4 5 Poor Satisfactory Good
NA = No opportunity to execute; Not applicable
I. Overall Experience
1 Personally commits to developing professional competencies.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
2 Invests time and energy in becoming an effective counselor.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
3 Accepts and uses criticism to enhance self-development and counseling skills.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
4 Engages in open, comfortable, and clear communication with peers and supervisors.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
5 Recognizes one’s own deficiencies and actively works to overcome them with the help of peers and supervisors.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
7 Documents case reports and records punctually, accurately, and conscientiously.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
Subtotal II. Counseling Skills
1 Researches referrals prior to initial interviews. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
2 Demonstrates effectiveness in personal and group counseling.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
3 Demonstrates group management skills. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 4 Demonstrates skills in establishing a counseling
relationship with a child or adult client. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
5 Communicates effectively with clients 1 2 3 4 5 NA
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 240
Revised August, 2016
6 Demonstrates self-reflection skills. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 7 Demonstrates skills to manage disputes and
confrontations. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
8 Remains silent when the situation warrants it. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 9 Focuses on identifying and clarifying client’s concerns
and problems. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
10 Assists clients in building self-esteem. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 11 Selects the appropriate assessment techniques. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 13 Conceptualizes and implements an appropriate
treatment plan. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
14 Actively involves clients in establishing realistic counseling goals.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
15 Appropriately uses counseling techniques and intervention skills.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
16 Periodically evaluates counseling and intervention goals.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
17 Uses referral sources appropriately. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 18 Appropriately prepares the client and oneself for
successful termination. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
13 Integrates technology resources. 1 2 3 4 5 NA Subtotal
III. Group Counseling and Guidance and Group Presentations
1 Accurately assesses group members. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 2 Facilitates group dynamics. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 3 Recognizes group dynamics and uses appropriate
strategies. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
4 Protects group members from emotional or physical harm.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
5 Organizes materials logically and sequentially. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 6 Demonstrates effective and appropriate presentation
skills. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
7 Involves all classroom members in discussions. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 8 Properly manages group behavior. 1 2 3 4 5 NA Subtotal
IV. Diversity Issues
1 Identifies issues of diversity that may impact understanding and intervention in the counseling relationship.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
2 Uses appropriate intervention, considering multicultural perspectives.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
3 Is familiar with resources for diverse populations and with appropriate referral processes.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 241
Revised August, 2016
4 Demonstrates awareness of empirical and theoretical bases for treatment of a diverse clientele.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
5 Demonstrates awareness of one’s own cultural identity and how that may impact counseling processes.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
Subtotal 1 2 3 4 5 NA V. Assessment
1 Effectively implements assessment techniques. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 2 Displays skills and knowledge in selecting the
appropriate tests. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
3 Explains test procedures and test uses to clients. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 4 Interprets test results correctly. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 5 Recognizes the impact of gender, socio-cultural, and
ethnic influences on assessment. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
6 Develops treatment plans according to assessment results.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
Subtotal VI. Ethics
1 Evidences understanding and practicing the code of ethics outlined by the profession.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
2 Assumes responsibility for cases and seeks supervision, as needed.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
3 Maintains confidentiality. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 4 Demonstrates respect when discussing cases. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 5 Provides critical feedback in a respectful manner. 1 2 3 4 5 NA 6 Accepts and utilizes critical feedback from supervisors
and peers. 1 2 3 4 5 NA
7 Uses supervision in a developmentally appropriate manner, and shows an increasingly collaborative approach to supervision.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
Subtotal VI. Professionalism
1 Presents a professional appearance at the counseling site.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
2 Attends all sessions on a regular basis; justifies absences.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
3 Arrives promptly to appointments with clients, staff, and supervisors.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
4 Contacts the practicum supervisor if arrival is delayed or must be absent.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
5 Respects clients, colleagues, and supervisors, irrespective of race, color, religion, sex, age, nationality, ethnic origin, political beliefs, marital status, disability, sexual orientation, or social and family background.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 242
Revised August, 2016
6 Demonstrates honesty and integrity in all professional situations.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
8 Distinguishes between personal views and the views of the institution or of supervisors.
1 2 3 4 5 NA
Subtotal VII. Additional Comments __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________ Practicum Student’s Signature
_________________________________ Date
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 243
Revised August, 2016
Appendix Z
Practicum Student’s Evaluation of Site Supervision
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 244
Revised August, 2016
Practicum Student’s Evaluation of Site Supervision
Practicum Student _______________________________________ Faculty Supervisor _______________________________________ Site Supervisor __________________________________________ Please respond to the following about your practicum site supervision experience. Keep in mind that your feedback is extremely valuable and that we appreciate your honesty and willingness to help us improve the practicum experience for future students. Be aware that the information you provide to us will not be shared with the site personnel. Use the back of this sheet for additional comments. 1. Describe your supervision experience, including both positive and negative aspects, if
any. Provide specific examples.
2. Provide suggestions that could enhance and/or improve the practicum experience.
_________________________ _________________ Practicum Student’s Signature Date
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 245
Revised August, 2016
Apéndice AA
Ejercicio de autoevaluación y autoconocimiento para consejeros
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 246
Revised August, 2016
Ejercicio de autoevaluación y autoconocimiento para consejeros Objetivo Resulta útil para un consejero identificar actitudes y comportamientos que pudieran facilitar o intervenir en una relación de ayuda positiva. Mediante esta lista, usted identificará las problemáticas y las áreas que necesita mejorar o trabajar. Lea cuidadosamente y marque aquellas que mejor lo describen. Actitud _____ La retroalimentación me hace sentir incompetente o dudoso de mí mismo. _____ Me decepciono con frecuencia. _____ Me siento plenamente confiado sobre mí mismo como consejero. _____ Siempre estoy preocupado pensando que no seré un buen consejero. _____ Cuando recibo comentarios positivos sobre mi trabajo no los creo. _____ Me trazo metas realistas y alcanzables. _____ Creo que un cliente hostil puede hacerme sentir incómodo e incompetente. _____ Siempre me encuentro disculpándome por mi propio comportamiento. _____ Estoy poco confiado que seré un consejero exitoso. _____ Frecuentemente me trazo metas muy difíciles de conseguir. Carácter _____ Pienso que mis métodos de consejero son superiores a los de otros. _____ Trato que siempre se haga lo que yo digo, y me enojo si un cliente me lleva la contraria o no sigue mi dirección en la entrevista. _____ Me molesto cuando trabajo con un cliente que se resiste o tiene mal genio. _____ Predicar no es problema para mí. _____ Me incomoda un cliente con una visión diferente a la mía. _____ Me molesta referir mi cliente a otro consejero, especialmente si este tiene un estilo diferente al mío. _____ A veces se me hace difícil evitar luchas de poder con algunos clientes. Disposición _____ Hay veces en que actúo más rudo de lo que en realidad soy. _____ Es difícil para mí expresar sentimientos positivos a un cliente. _____ Hay clientes que me gustarían más como amigos que como clientes. _____ Me hace sentir mal no gustarle o caerle bien a un cliente. _____ Cuando siento que un cliente tiene algo en mi contra, trato de discutirlo mejor que evitarlo. _____ Me siento más cómodo manteniendo distancia profesional con mi cliente. _____ Estar cerca de las personas no me hace sentir incómodo. _____ Me siento más cómodo cuando estoy más relajado y suelto. _____ Soy muy sensitivo en cuanto a cómo se sienten los clientes hacia mí, especialmente si es negativo. _____ Puedo aceptar retroalimentación o comentarios negativos sobre mí sin mayor problema. _____ Es difícil para mí confrontar a un cliente.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 247
Revised August, 2016
¿Qué conflictos de valores identificó usted? ¿Qué conflictos de estereotipos identificó usted? ¿Qué conflictos éticos encontró usted? ¿Qué conflictos sobre diversidad encontró usted? ¿Cuáles son las áreas en que debe trabajar para mejorar su práctica?
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 248
Revised August, 2016
Appendix BB
Practicum Agreement
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 249
Revised August, 2016
Practicum Agreement This agreement is made to provide the Counseling in Student Affairs in Higher Education Graduate School Program student with a field-based professional supervised experience. Students must complete 100 hours of supervised practicum experience in a higher education counseling center during a period of 8 weeks. Said hours should be spread out in three days, approximately 4.5 hours per day. The School for Professional Studies Florida Campus agrees to
- assign a faculty practicum supervisor to facilitate communication between the university and the field site.
- conduct three formal student evaluation visits. - work collaboratively with the site supervisor and practicum student.
Practicum site agrees to
- assign a supervisor who is a licensed or certified counselor with a minimum of two years experience in the field.
- provide opportunities for the student to engage in a variety of supervised counseling activities that will be evaluated.
- provide the students with necessary and appropriate resources to practice and help them develop their counseling skills.
- complete two formal practicum evaluations and sign all pertinent forms and documents.
Practicum student agrees to
- submit and sign any required documents corresponding to the practicum site. - adhere to the practicum site’s administrative policies, rules, standards, schedules,
and clinical practices. - be punctual and present at the agreed practicum scheduled times. - complete the necessary evaluations, including two partial and one final
evaluation, a self-evaluation, supervisor evaluation, and practicum site evaluation.
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 250
Revised August, 2016
Sistema Universitario Ana G. Méndez Guidance and Counseling Graduate Studies Program
This agreement is made on ____________________ by____________________________ Date Practicum Site ___________________________________ This agreement will be effective from __________________ to ___________________ Date Date for a total of 100 hours of supervised practicum experience in a higher education counseling center during a period of 8 weeks. Said hours should be spread out in three days, approximately 4.5 hours per day. Students will also complete three credit hours on campus. Student’s Name _______________________________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ _____________ Practicum Site Supervisor’s Printed Name Practicum Site Supervisor’s Signature Date
___________________________ ___________________________ _____________ Practicum Faculty Supervisor’s Printed Name Practicum Faculty Supervisor’s Signature Date
___________________________ ___________________________ _____________ Practicum Student’s Printed Name Practicum Student’s Signature Date
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 251
Revised August, 2016
Appendix CC
Faculty Supervisor’s Site Visit Report
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 252
Revised August, 2016
Faculty Supervisor’s Site Visit Report
Faculty Supervisor _________________________________ Date _________ Practicum Site ____________________________________ Visit # _________ Site Supervisor ____________________________________ Practicum Student Visited ___________________________
___ Progress Evaluation ___ Partial Evaluation ___ Final Evaluation
Observations
Site Supervisor’s
Comments
Agreements
Recommendations to Practicum Student
___________________________ ___________________________ _____________ Practicum Site Supervisor’s Printed Name Practicum Site Supervisor’s Signature Date
___________________________ ___________________________ _____________ Practicum Faculty Supervisor’s Printed Name Practicum Faculty Supervisor’s Signature Date
___________________________ ___________________________ _____________ Practicum Student’s Printed Name Practicum Student’s Signature Date
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 253
Revised August, 2016
Appendix DD
Final Project Rubric
EDUC 652 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING IN STUDENT AFFAIRS IN HIGHER EDUCATION 254
Revised August, 2016
Final Project Rubric
Content Criteria Excellent 10% Good 8% Needs Improvement 5% Purpose(s) of the special project is/are clearly identified.
Objectives are written, considering human development competencies.
Space is provided for population’s reactions to the special project.
Implementation of the activities of the special project follow a logical sequence.
Time management of the special project is extremely adequate.
Includes a detailed description of the activities of the special project to be followed.
Counseling strategies to be used are explained adequately.
Language Criteria Demonstrates proper use of written language.
Material is free of grammatical errors.
Demonstrates appropriate speech and language intonation.
Total 100 ( 70% content and 30% language)
Student’s Signature: ___________________________________________ Facilitator’s Signature: _________________________________________